Unity Pro

Standard
Block Library

September 2004
33002519.01
2
 Table of Contents

About the Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Part I General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Chapter 1 Block types and their applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Block types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
FFB Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
EN and ENO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Chapter 2 Availability of the blocks on different hardware platforms . . 27

Availability of the block on the various hardware platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Part II Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Chapter 3 ADD_***_***: Addition of a number to elements of a table

or addition of two tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Chapter 4 AND_***_***: Logical AND between tables and variables . . . . 45

Chapter 5 COPY_***_***: Copy on tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Chapter 6 DIV_***_***: Division of tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Chapter 7 EQUAL_***: Comparison of two tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Chapter 8 FIND_EQ_***: First element of a table equal to

a given value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

3
 Chapter 9 FIND_EQP_***: First element of a table equal to
a value starting from a given rank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Chapter 10 FIND_GT_***: First element of a table greater than

a given value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Chapter 11 FIND_LT_***: First element of a table less than

a given value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Chapter 12 LENGTH_***: Length of a table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Chapter 13 MAX_***: Maximum value of table elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Chapter 14 MIN_***: Minimum value of table elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Chapter 15 MOD_***_***: Remainder of division of tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Chapter 16 MOVE_***_***: Assignment to tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Chapter 17 MOVE_***_***: Table conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Chapter 18 MUL_***_***: Multiplication of tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Chapter 19 NOT_***: Logical negation of tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Chapter 20 OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value in a table . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Chapter 21 OR_***_***: Logical OR between tables and variables . . . . . . 95

Chapter 22 ROL_***: Rotate shift to left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Chapter 23 ROR_***: Rotate shift to right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Chapter 24 SORT_***: Ascending or descending sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

4
Chapter 25 SUB_***_***: Subtraction from tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Chapter 26 SUM_***: Sum of table elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Chapter 27 SWAP_***: Permutation of the bytes of a table . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Chapter 28 XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR between tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Part III CLC_INT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Chapter 29 Introduction to integer regulation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

At a Glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
General Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Principal of the regulation loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Development methodology for a regulation application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Programming a regulation function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Behavior of functions in operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Chapter 30 PID_INT: PID controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Function description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Description of Derived Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Chapter 31 PWM_INT: Pulse width modulation of a numerical value . . . 133

Chapter 32 SERVO_INT: Servo drive function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

5
 Part IV Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Chapter 33 EQ: Equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Chapter 34 GE: Greater than or equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Chapter 35 GT: Greater than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Chapter 36 LE: Less than or equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Chapter 37 LT: Less than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Chapter 38 NE: Not equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Part V Date & Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Chapter 39 ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a duration to a date . . . . . . . . . . 167

Chapter 40 DIVTIME: Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Chapter 41 MULTIME: Multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Chapter 42 SUB_***_***: Calculates the time difference between

two dates or times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Chapter 43 SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a duration from a date . . . . . 175

6
 Part VI Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Chapter 44 AND: AND function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Chapter 45 F_TRIG: Falling edge detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Chapter 46 FE: Detection of Falling Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Chapter 47 NOT: Negation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Chapter 48 OR: OR function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Chapter 49 R_TRIG: Rising edge detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Chapter 50 RE: Detection of Rising Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Chapter 51 RESET: Setting of a bit to 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Chapter 52 ROL: Rotate left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Chapter 53 ROR: Rotate right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Chapter 54 RS: Bistable function block, reset dominant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Chapter 55 SET: Setting of a bit to 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Chapter 56 SHL: Shift left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Chapter 57 SHR: Shift right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Chapter 58 SR: Bistable function block, set dominant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

7
 Chapter 59 TRIGGER: Detection of all edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Chapter 60 XOR: Exclusive OR function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Part VII Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Chapter 61 ABS: Absolute value computation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Chapter 62 ACOS: Arc cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Chapter 63 ADD: Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Chapter 64 ADD_TIME: Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Chapter 65 ASIN: Arc sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Chapter 66 ATAN: Arc tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Chapter 67 COS: Cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Chapter 68 DEC: Decrementation of a variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Chapter 69 DIV: Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Chapter 70 DIVMOD: Division and Modulo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Chapter 71 EXP: Natural exponential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Chapter 72 EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation of one value

by another value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Chapter 73 INC: Incrementation of a variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

8
Chapter 74 LN: Natural logarithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Chapter 75 LOG : Base 10 logarithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Chapter 76 MOD: Modulo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Chapter 77 MOVE: Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Chapter 78 MUL: Multiplication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Chapter 79 NEG: Negation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Chapter 80 SIGN: Sign evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Chapter 81 SIN: Sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Chapter 82 SUB: Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Chapter 83 SUB_TIME: Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Chapter 84 SQRT_*** : Square root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Chapter 85 TAN: Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Part VIII Statistical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Chapter 86 AVE: Averaging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Chapter 87 LIMIT: Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Chapter 88 LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Chapter 89 MAX: Maximum value function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

9
 Chapter 90 MIN: Minimum value function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Chapter 91 MUX: Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Chapter 92 SEL: Binary selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Part IX Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Chapter 93 CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of two character strings . . . 291

Chapter 94 DELETE_INT: Deletion of a sub-string of characters . . . . . . 293

Chapter 95 EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two character strings . . . . . . 295

Chapter 96 FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of characters . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Chapter 97 INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-string of characters . . . . . . 299

Chapter 98 LEFT_INT: Extraction of characters to the left . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Chapter 99 LEN_INT: Length of character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Chapter 100 MID_INT: Extraction of a sub-string of characters . . . . . . . . 307

Chapter 101 REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a sub-string

of characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Chapter 102 RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a character string to the right . . . 313

10
 Part X Timer & Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Chapter 103 CTD, CTD_***: Down counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Chapter 104 CTU, CTU_***: Up counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Chapter 105 CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Chapter 106 TOF: Off delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Chapter 107 TON: On delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Chapter 108 TP: Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Part XI Type to type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Chapter 109 BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a BCD integer

into pure binary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Chapter 110 BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Chapter 111 BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Chapter 112 BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Chapter 113 BYTE_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Chapter 114 BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Chapter 115 BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Chapter 116 DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable

in DATE format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

11
 Chapter 117 DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a double BCD integer
into binary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Chapter 118 DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of degrees to radians . . . . . . . 363

Chapter 119 DINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

Chapter 120 DINT_TO_***: Type conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Chapter 121 DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a double binary coded

integer into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer . . . . . . 371

Chapter 122 DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DT format

into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Chapter 123 DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Chapter 124 GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an integer in Gray code

into a binary coded integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Chapter 125 INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of two integers to form

a double integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Chapter 126 INT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Chapter 127 INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer

into a Binary Coded Decimal integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Chapter 128 INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer

into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Chapter 129 RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of radians to degrees . . . . . . . . 389

12
Chapter 130 REAL_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Chapter 131 REAL_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Chapter 132 REAL_TRUNC_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Chapter 133 to a number of the INT, DINT or REAL type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

Chapter 134 TYPE_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Chapter 135 TIME_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Chapter 136 TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable

in TIME format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

Chapter 137 TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable

in TOD format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

Chapter 138 UDINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

Chapter 139 UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

Chapter 140 UINT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

Chapter 141 WORD_AS_BYTE: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Chapter 142 WORD_AS_DINT: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Chapter 143 WORD_AS_REAL: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Chapter 144 WORD_AS_TIME: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Chapter 145 WORD_AS_UDINT: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

13
 Chapter 146 WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Chapter 147 WORD_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Chapter 148 ***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable

into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Appendix A EFB Error Codes and Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Tables of Error Codes for the Base Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Common Floating Point Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

Appendix B System objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

At a Glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
System bit introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Description of system bits %S9 to %S13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

14
 About the Book

At a Glance

Document Scope This document describes the functions and function blocks of the Standard library.
This document is valid for Unity Pro Version 2.0.

Validity Note The data and illustrations found in this document are not binding. We reserve the
right to modify our products in line with our policy of continuous product
development. The information in this document is subject to change without notice
and should not be construed as a commitment by Schneider Electric.

15
About the Book

Product Related Schneider Electric assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this
Warnings document. If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have
found errors in this publication, please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic
or mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of
Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when
installing and using this product. For reasons of safety and to ensure compliance
with documented system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to
components.
When controllers are used for applications with technical safety requirements,
please follow the relevant instructions.
Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware
products may result in injury, harm, or improper operating results.
Failure to observe this product related warning can result in injury or equipment
damage.

User Comments We welcome your comments about this document. You can reach us by e-mail at
TECHCOMM@modicon.com

16
 General information

I
Introduction

Overview This section contains general information about the Standard library.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
1 Block types and their applications 19
2 Availability of the blocks on different hardware platforms 27

17
General information

18
 Block types and their applications

1
Introduction

Overview This chapter describes the different block types and their applications.

What's in this This chapter contains the following topics:

Chapter?
Topic Page
Block types 20
FFB Structure 21
EN and ENO 24

19
Block types and their applications

Block types

Block types Different block types are used in Unity Pro. The general term for all block types is
FFB.
There are the following types of block:
l Elementary Function (EF)
l Elementary Function Block (EFB)
l Derived Function Block (DFB)
l Procedure

Elementary Elementary functions (EF) have no internal status.. If the input values are the same,
Function the value at the output is the same for all executions of the function, e.g. the addition
of two values gives the same result at every execution.
An elementary function is represented in the graphical languages (FDB and LD) as
a block frame with inputs and an output. The inputs are always represented on the
left and the outputs always on the right of the frame The name of the function, i.e.
the function type, is shown in the center of the frame.
The number of inputs can be increased with some elementary functions.

Elementary Elementary function blocks (EFB) have an internal status. If the inputs have the
function block same values, the value on the output can have another value during the individual
executions. For example, with a counter, the value on the output is incremented.
An elementary function block is represented in the graphical languages (FDB and
LD) as a block frame with inputs and outputs. The inputs are always represented on
the left and the outputs always on the right of the frame The name of the function
block, i.e. the function block type, is shown in the center of the frame. The instance
name is displayed above the frame.

Derived function Derived function blocks (DFBs) have the same properties as elementary function
block blocks. They are created by the user in the programming languages FBD, LD, IL
and/or ST.

Procedure Procedures are technical functions.

The only difference from elementary functions is that procedures can have more
than one output and they support variables of the VAR_IN_OUT data type.
Procedures do not return a value.
Procedures are a supplement to IEC 61131-3 and must be enabled explicitly.
There is no visual difference between procedures and elementary functions.

20
 Block types and their applications

FFB Structure

Structure Each FFB is made up of an operation (name of the FFB), the operands required for
the operation (formal and actual parameters) and an instance name for elementary/
derived function blocks.
Call of a function block in the FBD programming language:
Instance name Operation Operand
(FFB name)

Formal Actual
parameter parameter

MY_TON
TON
ENABLE EN ENO ERROR
EXAMP IN Q OUT
TIME1 PT ET TIME2

Formal call of a function block in the ST programming language:

Operands
Instance name
Formal parameters (inputs) Formal parameters (outputs)

MY_TON (EN:=ENABLE, IN:=EXAMP, PT:=TIME1, ENO=>ERROR, Q=>OUT, ET=>TIME2);

Actual parameters (inputs) Actual parameters (outputs)

Operands

Operation The operation determines which function is to be executed with the FFB, e.g. shift
register, conversion operations.

21
Block types and their applications

Operand The operand specifies what the operation is to be executed with. With FFBs, this
consists of formal and actual parameters.

Formal/actual Inputs and outputs are required to give values to the FFB or to take values from the
parameters FFB. These are called formal parameters.
Objects are connected to the formal parameters which contain the current process
states. These are called actual parameters.
During program runtime, the actual parameters are used to pass the process values
to the FFB and output them after processing.
The data type of the actual parameters must match the data type of the input/output
(formal parameters). The only exceptions are generic inputs/outputs, for which the
data types are determined by the actual parameters. If all actual parameters are
literals, the correct data type for the function block will be selected.

FFB Call in IL/ST In text languages IL and ST, FFBs can be called in formal and in informal form.
Details can be found in the Reference manual.
Example of a formal function call:
out:=LIMIT (MN:=0, IN:=var1, MX:=5) ;
Example of an informal function call:
out:=LIMIT (0, var1, 5) ;

Note: Take note that the use of EN and ENO is only possible for formal calls.

22
 Block types and their applications

VAR_IN_OUT FFBs are often used to read a variable on an input (input variables), to process them
variable and output the changed value of the same variable again (output variables).
This is special case for an input/output variable and is also called VAR_IN_OUT
variable.
The input and output variable are linked in the graphic languages (FBD and LD)
using a line showing that they belong together.
Function block with VAR_IN_OUT variable in FBD:
MY_EXAMP1
EXAMP1
Input1 IN1 OUT1 Output1
Input2 IN2 OUT2 Output2
Comb_IN_OUT IO1 IO1 Comb_IN_OUT

Function block with VAR_IN_OUT variable in ST:

MY_EXAMP1 (IN1:=Input1, IN2:=Input2, IO1:=Comb_IN_OUT,
OUT1=>Output1, OUT2=>Output2) ;
The following points must be considered when using FFBs with VAR_IN_OUT
variables:
l VAR_IN_OUT variables absolutely must be assigned to as variable.
l The same variable/variable components must be assigned to the VAR_IN_OUT
input and the VAR_IN_OUT output.
l In the graphic languages (FBD and LD), graphic connections cannot be made on
VAR_IN_OUT inputs/outputs.
l Literals or constants cannot be assigned to VAR_IN_OUT inputs/outputs.
l In the graphic languages (FBD and LD), negations cannot be used on
VAR_IN_OUT inputs/outputs.

23
Block types and their applications

EN and ENO

Description An EN input and an ENO output can be configured for all FFBs.
If the value of EN is "0" when the FFB is called up, the algorithms defined by the FFB
are not executed and ENO is set to "0".
If the value of EN is "1" when the FFB is called up, the algorithms defined by the FFB
are executed. After the algorithms have been executed successfully, the value of
ENO is set to "1". If an error occurs when executing these algorithms, ENO is set to
"0".
If ENO is set to "0" (caused by EN=0 or an error during execution):
l Function blocks
l EN/ENO-handling with function blocks that (only) have one connection as
output parameter:
FunctionBlock_1 FunctionBlock_2
EN ENO EN ENO
IN1 OUT IN1 OUT
IN2 IN2

If EN from FunctionBlock_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT from

FunctionBlock_1 retains the status it had in the last correctly executed
cycle.
l EN/ENO-handling with function blocks that have one variable and one
connection as output parameters:
FunctionBlock_1 FunctionBlock_2
EN ENO EN ENO
IN1 OUT OUT1 IN1 OUT
IN2 IN2

If EN from FunctionBlock_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT from

FunctionBlock_1 retains the status it had in the last correctly executed
cycle. The variable OUT1 on the same pin, either retains its previous status or
can be changed externally without influencing the connection. The variable
and the connection are saved independently from one another.

24
 Block types and their applications

l Functions/Procedures
As defined in IEC61131-3, the outputs from deactivated functions (EN-input set
to "0") is undefined. (The same applies for procedures.)
Nevertheless here is an explanation of the output statuses for this case:
l EN/ENO-handling with function/procedure blocks that (only) have one
connection as output parameter:

Function/Procedure_1 Function/Procedure_2
EN ENO EN ENO
IN1 OUT IN1 OUT
IN2 IN2

If EN from Function/Procedure_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT

from Function/Procedure_1 is also set to "0".
l EN/ENO-handling with function/procedure blocks that have one variable and
one connection as output parameters:
Function/Procedure_1 Function/Procedure_2
EN ENO EN ENO
IN1 OUT OUT1 IN1 OUT
IN2 IN2

If EN from Function/Procedure_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT

from Function/Procedure_1 is also set to "0", however the variable OUT1
on the same pin retains its previous value. In this way it is possible that the
variable and the connection have different values.
The output behavior of the FFBs does not depend on whether the FFBs are called
up without EN/ENO or with EN=1.

Conditional/ "Unconditional" or "conditional" calls are possible with each FFB. The condition is
Unconditional realized by pre-linking the input EN.
FFB Call l EN connected
conditional calls (the FFB is only processed if EN = 1)
l EN not used or set to TRUE
unconditional calls (FFB is always processed)

Note for FBD If the EN input is used, it must be connected to logic (conditional call) or permanently
set to TRUE (unconditional call) because otherwise the FFB will never be
processed.

25
Block types and their applications

Note for LD In LD, each FFB must be connected with the left power rail using a Boolean input.
Normally, the EN input is used for this purpose.
If the EN input is not connected to the left power rail, it cannot be used or it must be
permanently set to TRUE because otherwise the FFB will never be processed.

Note for IL and The use of EN and ENO is only possible in the text languages for a formal FFB call,
ST e.g.
MY_BLOCK (EN:=enable, IN1:=var1, IN2:=var2,
ENO=>error, OUT1=>result1, OUT2=>result2);
Assigning the variables to ENO must be done with the operator =>.
With an informal call, EN and ENO cannot be used.

26
 Availability of the blocks on
different hardware platforms
2
Availability of the block on the various hardware platforms

Introduction Not all blocks are available on all hardware platforms. The blocks available on your
hardware platform can be found in the following tables.

27
Availability of the block

Arrays Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
ADD_***_*** EF - + +
AND_***_*** EF - + +
COPY_***_*** EF - + +
DIV_***_*** EF - + +
EQUAL_*** EF - + +
FIND_EQ_*** EF - + +
FIND_EQP_*** EF - + +
FIND_GT_*** EF - + +
FIND_LT_*** EF - + +
LENGHT_*** EF - + +
MAX_*** EF - + +
MIN_*** EF - + +
MOD_***_*** EF - + +
MOVE_***_*** (direct Procedure - + +
assignment)
MOVE_***_*** Procedure - + +
(conversion)
MUL_***_*** EF - + +
NOT_*** EF - + +
OCCUR_*** EF - + +
OR_***_*** EF - + +
ROL_*** Procedure - + +
ROR_*** Procedure - + +
SORT_*** Procedure - + +
SUB_***_*** EF - + +
SUM_*** EF - + +
SWAP_*** Procedure - + +
XOR_***_*** EF - + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

28
 Availability of the block

CLC_INT Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
PID_INT Procedure - + +
PWM_INT Procedure - + +
SERVO_INT Procedure - + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

Comparison Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
EQ EF + +* +

GE EF + +* +

GT EF + +* +

LE EF + +* +

LT EF + +* +

NE EF + +* +

Legend:
+ Yes
* The data types UINT and UDINT are only available on
Premium: +
Premium TSX P 57 5••.
- No

29
Availability of the block

Date & Time Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
ADD_***_TIME EF + + +
DIVTIME EF + +* +

MULTIME EF + +* +

SUB_***_*** EF + + +
SUB_***_TIME EF + + +

Legend:
+ Yes

Premium: +* The data types UINT and UDINT are only available on
Premium TSX P 57 5••.
- No

30
 Availability of the block

Logic Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
AND EF + + +
F_TRIG EFB + + +
FE EF - + +
NOT EF + + +
OR EF + + +
R_TRIG EFB + + +
RE EF - + +
RESET Procedure - + +
ROL EF + + +
ROR EF + + +
RS EFB + + +
SET Procedure - + +
SHL EF + + +
SHR EF + + +
SR EFB + + +
TRIGGER EFB - + +
XOR EF + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

31
Availability of the block

Mathematics Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
ABS EF + +* +

ACOS EF + + +
ADD EF + +* +

ADD_TIME EF + +* +

ASIN EF + + +
ATAN EF + + +
COS EF + + +
DEC Procedure - +* +

DIV EF + +* +

DIVMOD Procedure - +* +

EXP EF + + +
EXPT_REAL EF + +* +

INC Procedure - +* +

LN EF + + +
LOG EF + + +
MOD EF + +* +

MOVE EF + + +
MUL EF + +* +

NEG EF - +* +

SIGN EF - +* +

SIN EF + + +
SQRT EF DINT: - + +
INT: -
REAL: +
SUB EF + +* +

SUB_TIME EF + +* +

TAN EF + + +

Legend:
+ Yes

32
 Availability of the block

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum

IEC 61131-3

Premium: + * The data types UINT and UDINT are only available on
Premium TSX P 57 5••.
- No

Statistical Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
AVE EF - +* +

LIMIT EF + + * +

LIMIT_IND Procedure - +* +

MAX EF + +* +

MIN EF + +* +

MUX EF + +* +

SEL EF + + +

Legend:
+ Yes

Premium: + * The data types UINT and UDINT are only available on
Premium TSX P 57 5••.
- No

33
Availability of the block

Strings Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
CONCAT_STR EF - + +
DELETE_INT EF + + +
EQUAL_STR EF + + +
FIND_INT EF + + +
INSERT_INT EF + + +
LEFT_INT EF + + +
LEN_INT EF + + +
MID_INT EF + + +
REPLACE_INT EF + + +
RIGHT_INT EF + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

34
 Availability of the block

Timers & Availability of the blocks:

Counter
Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
CTD EFB + + +
CTD_*** EFB - + * +

CTU EFB + + +
CTU_*** EFB - + * +

CTUD EFB + + +
CTUD_*** EFB - + * +

TOF EFB + + +
TON EFB + + +
TP EFB + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
* The data types UINT and UDINT are only available on
Premium: +
Premium TSX P 57 5••.
- No

35
Availability of the block

Type to type Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum
IEC 61131-3
BCD_TO_INT EF + + +
BIT_TO_BYTE EF - + +
BIT_TO_WORD EF - + +
BOOL_TO_*** EF + + * +

BYTE_AS_WORD EF - + +
BYTE_TO_BIT Procedure - + +
BYTE_TO_*** EF + + * +

DATE_TO_STRING EF + + +
DBCD_TO_*** EF - + +
DEG_TO_RAD EF - + +
DINT_AS_WORD Procedure - + +
DINT_TO_*** EF + + * +

DINT_TO_DBCD EF - + +
DINT_TO_STRING EF + + +
DT_TO_STRING EF + + +
DWORD_TO_*** EF + + * +

GRAY_TO_INT EF - + +
INT_AS_DINT EF - + +
INT_TO_*** EF + +* +

INT_TO_BCD EF - + +
INT_TO_DBCD EF - + +
INT_TO_STRING EF + + +
RAD_TO_DEG EF - + +
REAL_AS_WORD Procedure - + +
REAL_TO_*** EF + + * +

REAL_TO_STRING EF + + +
REAL_TRUNC_*** EF + +* +

STRING_TO_*** EF + + +
TIME_AS_WORD Procedure - + +
TIME_TO_*** EF + +* +

TIME_TO_STRING EF + + +

36
 Availability of the block

Block name Block type defined in Premium Quantum

IEC 61131-3
TOD_TO_STRING EF + + +
UDINT_AS_WORD Procedure - +* +

UDINT_TO_*** EF + +* +

UINT_TO_*** EF + +* +

WORD_AS_BYTE Procedure - + +
WORD_AS_DINT EF - + +
WORD_AS_REAL Procedure - + +
WORD_AS_TIME EF - + +
WORD_AS_UDINT EF - +* +

WORD_TO_BIT Procedure - + +
WORD_TO_*** EF + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

Premium: +* The data types UINT and UDINT are only available on Premium
TSX P 57 5••.

37
Availability of the block

38
 Arrays

II
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Arrays family.

39
Arrays

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
3 ADD_***_***: Addition of a number to elements of a table or 41
addition of two tables
4 AND_***_***: Logical AND between tables and variables 45
5 COPY_***_***: Copy on tables 49
6 DIV_***_***: Division of tables 53
7 EQUAL_***: Comparison of two tables 57
8 FIND_EQ_***: First element of a table equal to a given value 61
9 FIND_EQP_***: First element of a table equal to a value 63
starting from a given rank
10 FIND_GT_***: First element of a table greater than a given 67
value
11 FIND_LT_***: First element of a table less than a given value 69
12 LENGTH_***: Length of a table 73
13 MAX_***: Maximum value of table elements 75
14 MIN_***: Minimum value of table elements 77
15 MOD_***_***: Remainder of division of tables 79
16 MOVE_***_***: Assignment to tables 83
17 MOVE_***_***: Table conversion 85
18 MUL_***_***: Multiplication of tables 87
19 NOT_***: Logical negation of tables 91
20 OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value in a table 93
21 OR_***_***: Logical OR between tables and variables 95
22 ROL_***: Rotate shift to left 99
23 ROR_***: Rotate shift to right 101
24 SORT_***: Ascending or descending sort 103
25 SUB_***_***: Subtraction from tables 105
26 SUM_***: Sum of table elements 109
27 SWAP_***: Permutation of the bytes of a table 111
28 XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR between tables 113

40
 ADD_***_***: Addition of a number
to elements of a table or addition
of two tables 3
Description

Function The ADD_***_*** function adds a number to the elements of a table or adds two
description tables together.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions for adding a number to the elements of a table are as
functions follows:
l ADD_ARINT_INT (addition of each element of a table of INTs to an INT).
l ADD_ARDINT_DINT (addition of each element of a table of DINTs to a DINT).

The available functions for adding the elements of one table to the elements of
another table:
l ADD_ARINT (Sum of the respective elements of both INT tables).
l ADD_ARDINT (Sum of the respective elements of both DINT tables).

Representation Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer table:

in FBD
ADD_ARINT_INT
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

41
ADD_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer table:

in LD
ADD_ARINT_INT

EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer table:

in IL LD Input_IN1
ADD_ARINT_INT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer table:

in ST Array1 := ADD_ARINT_INT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT or a table of single or double integers, n and m
are positive or negative integers or nil.
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
sum:
l of a single or double integer and the
corresponding element of a table,
l the corresponding elements of two tables.

42
 ADD_***_***

Runtime errors The management of the %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) system bit is identical to that for operations on words or double words.

If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) bit (overflow or division by zero), the result for this operation
is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried out correctly.

43
ADD_***_***

44
 AND_***_***: Logical AND
between tables and variables
4
Description

Function The AND_***_*** function carries out a logical AND (bit to bit) between:
description l the elements of two tables,
l between a single type variable and the elements of a table,
l between the elements of a table and a single type variable.

Note: The result is always a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The functions available in the general library are the following:
functions l AND_AREBOOL (logical AND of two EBOOL tables).
l AND_ARWORD (logical AND of two WORD tables).
l AND_ARWORD_WORD (logical AND of each element of a WORD table with a
WORD).
l AND_ARDWORD_DWORD (logical AND of each element of a DWORD table with a
DWORD).
l AND_ARDWORD (logical AND of two DWORD tables).

The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:

l AND_ARINT_INT (logical AND of each element of an INT table with an INT).
l AND_ARDINT_DINT (logical AND of each element of a DINT table with a DINT).
l AND_ARINT (logical AND of each element of an INT table with each element
corresponding to another INT table).
l AND_ARDINT (logical AND of each element of an INT table with each element
corresponding to another DINT table).

45
AND_***_***

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string table:

in FBD
AND_ARWORD_WORD
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string table:

in LD
AND_ARWORD_WORD
EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string table:

in IL LD Input_IN1
AND_ARWORD_WORD Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string table:

in ST Array1:= AND_ARWORD_WORD(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

46
 AND_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m maximum and minimum limits.
WORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, The elements of Array1 are the result of the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, logical AND (bit to bit) between Input_IN1
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, and Input_IN2, which can be respectively:
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, l a table and a single variable,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT l a table and a table.

47
AND_***_***

48
 COPY_***_***: Copy on tables

5
Description

Function The COPY_***_*** function copies a series of contiguous elements from one table
description into another table. The tables are of different or identical types and the target zone
is fixed by the parameters of the function.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l COPY_AREBOOL_ARINT,
l COPY_AREBOOL_AREBOOL,
l COPY_AREBOOL_ARDINT,
l COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL,
l COPY_ARDINT_AREBOOL.

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer table to a zone of

in FBD a bit table:

COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL

Array1 IN OUT Result_Array

Begin_Row P1
Element_number N
Destination_Row P2

49
COPY_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer table to a zone of

in LD a bit table:

COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL
EN ENO

Array1 IN OUT Result_Array

Begin_Row P1

Element_number N

Destination_Row P2

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer table to a zone of

in IL a bit table:
LD Array1
COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL Begin_Row, Element_Number, Destination_Row
ST Result_Array

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer table to a zone of

in ST a bit table:
Result_Array := COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL(Array1, Begin_Row,
Element_Number, Destination_Row);

50
 COPY_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Begin_Row INT Rank of first element to be copied from the
table Array1.

Note: The first element of the table has

the rank 0.
Element_Number INT Number of elements to be copied from the
table Array1.
Destination_Row INT Target rank in the table Result_Array.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Array ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Target table which contains the elements
selected from Array1 .

Note: if the number of elements to be extracted is greater than the remaining size,
starting from the rankBegin_Row, the function extracts all the elements
fromBegin_Row to the last element of the table.
If the number of elements to be extracted is greater than the space available
starting from the rankDestination_Row, the copy function runs to the last
element of the table.
A negative value of Begin_Row, Element_Number and Destination_Row is
interpreted as null.

51
COPY_***_***

52
 DIV_***_***: Division of tables

6
Description

Function The DIV_***_*** function carries out the division:

description l of a number by the elements of a table,
l of the elements of a table by a number,
l of the elements of a table by the respective elements of another table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions for division of a number by the elements of a table are as
functions follows:
l DIV_INT_ARINT,
l DIV_DINT_ARDINT.

The available functions for division of the elements of a table by a number are as
follows:
l DIV_ARINT_INT,
l DIV_ARDINT_DINT.

The available functions for division of the elements of a table by the respective
elements of another table are as follows:
l DIV_ARINT,
l DIV_ARDINT.

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in FBD table:

DIV_INT_ARINT
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

53
DIV_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in LD table:

DIV_INT_ARINT
EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in IL table:
LD Input_IN1
DIV_INT_ARINT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in ST table:
Array1:= DIV_INT_ARINT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

54
 DIV_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
division:
l of a single or double integer Input_IN1 by
the corresponding element of the table
Input_IN2 or else,
l of the elements of the table Input_IN1 by
single or double integers Input_IN2 or
else,
l of the elements of the table Input_IN1 by
the respective elements of the table
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors The management of the %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) system bit is identical to that for operations on words or double words. In the
case of division by zero, the value of the result is equal to the value of the numerator.

If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) bit (overflow or division by zero), the result for this operation
is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried out correctly.

55
DIV_***_***

56
 EQUAL_***: Comparison of two
tables
7
Description

Function The EQUAL_*** function compares two tables element by element.

description
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l EQUAL_ARWORD,
l EQUAL_ARDWORD,
l EQUAL_ARINT,
l EQUAL_ARDINT,
l EQUAL_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to integer tables:

in FBD
EQUAL_ARINT
Array1 IN1 OUT Equal1
Array2 IN2
Position P

57
EQUAL_****

Representation Representation applied to integer tables:

in LD
EQUAL_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN1 OUT Equal1

Array2 IN2

Position P

Representation Representation applied to integer tables:

in IL LD Array1
EQUAL_ARINT Array2, Position
ST Equal1

Representation Representation applied to integer tables:

in ST Equal1:= EQUAL_ARINT(Array1, Array2, Position);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Array2 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Position INT Rank of first element from which the search is
launched.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Equal1 INT Rank of first different elements. If the two
tables are equivalent, Equal1 = -1.

58
 EQUAL_****

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value, the result of the function contains -2 and
the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) = 1.

59
EQUAL_****

60
 FIND_EQ_***: First element of a
table equal to a given value
8
Description

Function The FIND_EQ_*** function searches for the first element of a table equal to a given
description value.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l FIND_EQ_ARWORD,
l FIND_EQ_ARDWORD,
l FIND_EQ_ARINT,
l FIND_EQ_ARINT,
l FIND_EQ_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
FIND_EQ_ARINT
Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1
Value1 IN2

61
FIND_EQ_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
FIND_EQ_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1

Value1 IN2

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
FIND_EQ_ARINT Value1
ST Row_Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Row_Value1:= FIND_EQ_ARINT(Array1, Value1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 INT, DINT, WORD, DWORD, Value whose rank is searched for in Array1.
REAL. Of the same type as the elements of the table
Array 1.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Row_Value1 INT Rank of first element of Array1 equal to
Value1. If none of the elements of the table
is equal to Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result
of the function contains-2 and the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15
to %S21, p. 448 ) = 1.

62
 FIND_EQP_***: First element of a
table equal to a value starting from
a given rank 9
Description

Function The FIND_EQP_*** function searches for the first element of a table equal to a
description value starting from a given rank.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l FIND_EQP_ARWORD,
l FIND_EQP_ARDWORD,
l FIND_EQP_ARINT,
l FIND_EQP_ARDINT,
l FIND_EQP_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
FIND_EQP_ARINT
Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1
Value1 IN2
Begin1 P

63
FIND_EQP_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
FIND_EQP_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1

Value1 IN2

Begin1 P

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
FIND_EQP_ARINT Value1, Begin1
ST Row_Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Row_Value1:= FIND_EQP_ARINT(Array1, Value1, Begin1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, Value whose rank is searched for in Array1.
REAL. Of the same type as the elements of the table
Array 1.
Begin1 INT Rank the search starts from

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Row_Value1 INT Rank of first element of Array1 equal to
Value1. If none of the elements of the table is
equal to Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Note: Row_Value1 indicates the rank in

relation to the start of the table.

64
 FIND_EQP_***

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result
of the function contains-2 and the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15
to %S21, p. 448) = 1.

65
FIND_EQP_***

66
 FIND_GT_***: First element of a
table greater than a given value
10
Description

Function The FIND_GT_*** function searches for the first element of a table greater than a
description given value.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l FIND_GT_ARWORD,
l FIND_GT_ARDWORD,
l FIND_GT_ARINT,
l FIND_GT_ARDINT,
l FIND_GT_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
FIND_GT_ARINT
Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1
Value1 IN2

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
FIND_GT_ARINT

EN ENO

Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1

Value1 IN2

67
FIND_GT_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
FIND_GT_ARINT Value1
ST Row_Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Row_Value1:= FIND_GT_ARINT(Array1, Value1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Input Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, Value for which the rank of the first greater
REAL value is searched for in Array1.
Of the same type as the elements of the table
Array 1.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Output Type Comment
Row_Value1 INT Rank of the first element of Array1 > than
Value1. If none of the elements of the table is
greater than Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result
of the function contains-2 and the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15
to %S21, p. 448 ) = 1.

68
 FIND_LT_***: First element of a
table less than a given value
11
Description

Function The FIND_LT_*** function searches for the first element of a table less than a
description given value.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l FIND_LT_ARWORD,
l FIND_LT_ARDWORD,
l FIND_LT_ARINT,
l FIND_LT_ARDINT,
l FIND_LT_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
FIND_LT_ARINT
Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1
Value1 IN2

69
FIND_LT_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
FIND_LT_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN1 OUT Row_Value1

Value1 IN2

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
FIND_LT_ARINT Value1
ST Row_Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Row_Value1:= FIND_LT_ARINT(Array1, Value1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, DWORD, INT, Value for which a smaller value is searched for
DINT, REAL in Array1.
Of the same type as the elements of the table
Array 1.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Row_Value1 INT Rank of the first element of Array1 <
Value1. If none of the elements of the table is
less than Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

70
 FIND_LT_***

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result
of the function contains-2 and the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15
to %S21, p. 448) = 1.

71
FIND_LT_***

72
 LENGTH_***: Length of a table

12
Description

Function The LENGTH_*** function calculates the length of a table. It is used mainly with
description DFBs when the tables are not explicitly declared.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l LENGTH_AREBOOL,
l LENGTH_ARWORD,
l LENGTH_ARDWORD,
l LENGTH_ARINT,
l LENGTH_ARDINT,
l LENGTH_ARREAL,
l LENGTH_ARBOOL,
l LENGTH_ARBYTE,
l LENGTH_ARDATE,
l LENGTH_ARDT,
l LENGTH_ARSTRING,
l LENGTH_ARTIME,
l LENGTH_ARTOD,
l LENGTH_ARUINT,
l LENGTH_ARUDINT.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
LENGTH_ARINT
Array1 IN OUT Length_Array1

73
LENGTH_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
LENGTH_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN OUT Length_Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
LENGTH_ARINT
ST Length_Array1

Representation Representation:
in ST Length_Array1:= LENGTH_ARINT(Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL
ARRAY [n..m] OF BYTE
ARRAY [n..m] OF DATE
ARRAY [n..m] OF DT
ARRAY [n..m] OF STRING
ARRAY [n..m] OF TIME
ARRAY [n..m] OF TOD
ARRAY [n..m] OF UINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF UDINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Length_Array1 INT Table length (number of table elements).

74
 MAX_***: Maximum value of table
elements
13
Description

Function The MAX_*** function searches for the maximum value of the elements of a table.
description
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l MAX_ARWORD,
l MAX_ARDWORD,
l MAX_ARINT,
l MAX_ARDINT,
l MAX_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
MAX_ARINT
Array1 IN OUT Max1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
MAX_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN OUT Max1

75
MAX_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
MAX_ARINT
ST Max1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Max1:= MAX_ARINT(Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Max1 WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, Maximum value contained in the table. This
REAL result is of the same type as the table
elements.

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value, the result of the function contains -1.#INF
and the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) = 1.

76
 MIN_***: Minimum value of table
elements
14
Description

Function The MIN_*** function searches for the minimum value of the elements of a table.
description
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l MIN_ARWORD,
l MIN_ARDWORD,
l MIN_ARINT,
l MIN_ARDINT,
l MIN_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
MIN_ARINT
Array1 IN OUT Min1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
MIN_ARINT

EN ENO

Array1 IN OUT Min1

77
MIN_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
MIN_ARINT
ST Min1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Min1:= MIN_ARINT(Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Min1 WORD, DWORD, DINT, INT, Minimum value contained in the table. This
REAL result is of the same type as the table
elements.

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value, the result of the function contains 1.#INF
and the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) = 1.

78
 MOD_***_***: Remainder of
division of tables
15
Description

Function The function MOD_***_*** calculates the remainder of the division:

description l of a number by the elements of a table,
l of the elements of a table by a number,
l of the elements of a table by the respective elements of another table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions for calculation of the remainder of the division of a number
functions by the elements of a table are as follows:
l MOD_INT_ARINT,
l MOD_DINT_ARDINT.

The available functions for the calculation of the remainder of the division of the
elements of a table by a number are as follows:
l MOD_ARINT_INT,
l MOD_ARDINT_DINT.

The available functions for the calculation of the remainder of the division of the
elements of a table by the respective elements of another table are as follows:
l MOD_ARINT,
l MOD_ARDINT.

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in FBD table:

MOD_INT_ARINT
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

79
MOD_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in LD table:

MOD_INT_ARINT

EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in IL table:
LD Input_IN1
MOD_INT_ARINT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer

in ST table:
Array1:= MOD_INT_ARINT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

80
 MOD_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
remainder of the division:
l of a single or double integer Input_IN1 by
the corresponding element of the table
Input_IN2 or else,
l of the elements of the table Input_IN1 by
the single or double integer Input_IN2 or
else,
l of the elements of the table Input_IN1 by
the respective elements of the table
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors The management of the %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) system bit is identical to that for operations on words or double words. The
remainder of a division by zero is zero and the system bit is set to 1.

If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) bit (overflow or division by zero), the result for this operation
is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried out correctly.

81
MOD_***_***

82
 MOVE_***_***: Assignment to
tables
16
Description

Function One of the actions of the MOVE_***_*** function is the assignment of an identical
description value to each element of a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l MOVE_BOOL_AREBOOL,
l MOVE_WORD_ARWORD,
l MOVE_DWORD_ARDWORD,
l MOVE_INT_ARINT,
l MOVE_DINT_ARDINT,
l MOVE_REAL_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer table:

in FBD
MOVE_INT_ARINT
Val1 IN OUT Array1

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer table:

in LD
MOVE_INT_ARINT
EN ENO

Val1 IN OUT Array1

83
MOVE_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer table:

in IL LD Val1
MOVE_INT_ARINT Array1

Representation Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer table:

in ST MOVE_INT_ARINT(Val1, Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Val1 BOOL, Val1 contains the value to be assigned to
WORD, each element of the table Array1.
DWORD, Of the same type as the elements of the table
INT, Array1.
DINT,
REAL.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, Array1 is a table each element of which is of
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, the value Val1.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

84
 MOVE_***_***: Table conversion

17
Description

Function One of the actions of the MOVE_***_*** function is to convert a table into a value
description or a value into a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l MOVE_AREBOOL_INT (conversion of an EBOOL table into an INT).
l MOVE_AREBOOL_DINT (conversion of an EBOOL table into a DINT).
l MOVE_INT_AREBOOL (conversion of an INT into an EBOOL table).
l MOVE_DINT_AREBOOL (conversion of a DINT into an EBOOL table).

Representation Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL table into an integer:

in FBD
MOVE_AREBOOL_INT
IN1 IN OUT OUT1

Representation Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL table into an integer:

in LD
MOVE_AREBOOL_INT
EN ENO

IN1 IN OUT OUT1

85
MOVE_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL table into an integer:

in IL LD IN1
MOVE_AREBOOL_INT OUT1

Representation Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL table into an integer:

in ST MOVE_AREBOOL_INT(IN1, OUT1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
IN1 INT, n and m are positive or negative integers or
DINT, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
OUT1 INT, When IN1 is an EBOOL table, OUT1 is an INT
DINT, or DINT containing the elements of IN1.
ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL. When IN1 is not a table, OUT1 is a single or
double integer, converted from a Boolean
table.

86
 MUL_***_***: Multiplication of
tables
18
Description

Function The MUL_***_*** function carries out the multiplication:

description l of the elements of a table by a number,
l of the elements of a table by the respective elements of another table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions for the multiplication of the elements of a table by a number
functions are as follows:
l MUL_ARINT_INT,
l MUL_ARDINT_DINT.

The available functions for the multiplication of the elements of a table by the
respective elements of another table are as follows:
l MUL_ARINT,
l MUL_ARDINT.

Representation Representation applied to the multiplication of the elements of an integer table by an

in FBD integer:

MUL_ARINT_INT
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

87
MUL_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the multiplication of the elements of an integer table by an

in LD integer:

MUL_ARINT_INT
EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to the multiplication of the elements of an integer table by an

in IL integer:
LD Input_IN1
MUL_ARINT_INT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to the multiplication of an integer by the elements of an

in ST integer table:
Array1:= MUL_ARINT_INT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

88
 MUL_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
multiplication:
l of a single or double integer Input_IN1 by
the corresponding element of the table
Input_IN2 or else,
l of the elements of the table Input_IN1 by
single or double integers Input_IN2 or
else,
l of the elements of the table Input_IN1 by
the respective elements of the table
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors The management of the %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) system bit is identical to that for operations on words or double words.

If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) bit (overflow or division by zero), the result for this operation
is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried out correctly.

89
MUL_***_***

90
 NOT_***: Logical negation of
tables
19
Description

Function The NOT_*** function carries out a logical negation (bit to bit) between the
description elements of two tables.

Note: The result is always a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l NOT_AREBOOL,
l NOT_ARWORD,
l NOT_ARDWORD.
The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:
l NOT_ARINT (logical negation of each element of an INT table).
l NOT_ARDINT (logical negation of each element of a DINT table).

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string:

in FBD
NOT_ARWORD
Array1 IN OUT Result_Array

91
NOT_***

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string:

in LD
NOT_ARWORD
EN ENO

Array1 IN OUT Result_Array

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string:

in IL LD Array1
NOT_ARWORD
ST Result_Array

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string:

in ST Result_Array:= NOT_ARWORD(Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Array ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, The elements of Result_Array are the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, result of the logical NOT (bit to bit) on
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD Array1.
Of the same type as the elements of the
table Array 1.

92
 OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value
in a table
20
Description

Function The OCCUR_*** function gives the number of elements of a table equal to a given
description value.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l OCCUR_ARWORD,
l OCCUR_ARDWORD,
l OCCUR_ARINT,
l OCCUR_ARDINT,
l OCCUR_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
OCCUR_ARINT
Array1 IN1 OUT Occur_Number
Value1 IN2

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
OCCUR_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN1 OUT Occur_Number

Value1 IN2

93
OCCUR_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
OCCUR_ARINT Value1
ST Occur_Number

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Occur_Number:= OCCUR_ARINT(Array1,Value1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, Value of which we wish to know the number
DWORD, of occurrences in the tableArray1.
INT, Of the same type as the elements of the
DINT, table Array 1.
REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Occur_Number INT Number of occurrences of Value1 in the
table Array1.

94
 OR_***_***: Logical OR between
tables and variables
21
Description

Function The OR_***_*** function carries out a logical OR (bit to bit) between:
description l the elements of two tables,
l between a single type variable and the elements of a table,
l between the elements of a table and a single type variable.

Note: The result is always a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The functions available in the general library are the following:
functions l OR_AREBOOL (logical OR of two BOOL tables).
l OR_ARWORD (logical OR of two WORD tables).
l OR_ARWORD_WORD (logical OR of each element of a WORD table with a WORD).
l OR_ARDWORD_DWORD (logical OR of each element of a DWORD table with a
DWORD).
l OR_ARDWORD (logical OR of two DWORD tables).

The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:

l OR_ARINT_INT (logical OR of each element of an INT table with an INT).
l OR_ARDINT_DINT (logical OR of each element of a DINT table with a DINT).
l OR_ARINT (logical OR of each element of an INT table with each element
corresponding to another INT table).
l OR_ARDINT (logical OR of each element of a DINT table with each element
corresponding to another DINT table).

95
OR_***_***

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in FBD
OR_ARWORD_WORD
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in LD
OR_ARWORD_WORD

EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in IL LD IN1
OR_ARWORD_WORD Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string table:

in ST Array1:= OR_ARWORD_WORD(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

96
 OR_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 WORD, n and m are positive or negative integers or
DWORD, nil.
INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL,
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, The elements of Array1 are the result of the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, logical OR (bit to bit) between Input_IN1
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, and Input_IN2, which can be respectively:
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, l a table and a single variable,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT l a table and a table.

97
OR_***_***

98
 ROL_***: Rotate shift to left

22
Description

Function The ROL_*** function carries out a rotate shift of the elements of a table in the
description ascending direction of the indices.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The functions available in the general library are the following:
functions l ROL_ARWORD,
l ROL_ARDWORD,
l ROL_ARINT,
l ROL_ARDINT,
l ROL_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
ROL_ARINT
Positions N
Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

99
ROL_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
ROL_ARINT

EN ENO

Positions N

Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Positions
ROL_ARINT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST ROL_ARINT(Positions, Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Positions INT Shift value according to the ascending indices
of the table.

Example: Positions = 2.
Note: if the value of Positions is negative
or nil, no shift is carried out.

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, The elements of Array1 are moved a
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, number of positions equal to Positions.
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, The shift is carried out according to the
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT ascending indices.
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Example: With a shift register of 2, the
element previously situated in first position
goes to third (1+2), the second goes to fourth
(2+2), ..., the second last goes to first position
and the last goes to second position.

100
 ROR_***: Rotate shift to right

23
Description

Function The ROR_*** function carries out a rotate shift of the elements of a table in the
description descending direction of the indices.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The functions available in the general library are the following:
functions l ROR_ARWORD,
l ROR_ARDWORD,
l ROR_ARINT,
l ROR_ARDINT.
l ROR_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
ROR_ARINT
Positions N
Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

101
ROR_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
ROR_ARINT
EN ENO

Positions N

Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Positions
ROR_ARINT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST ROR_ARINT(Positions, Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Positions INT Shift value according to the descending
indices of the table.

Example: Positions = 2.
Note: if the value of Positions is negative
or nil, no shift is carried out.

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, The elements of Array1 are moved a
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, number of positions equal to Positions.
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, The shift is carried out according to the
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT descending indicators.
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Example: With a shift register of 2, the
element previously situated in first position
goes to second last, the second goes to last,
the third goes to first (3-2), the fourth to
second (4 -2), etc.

102
 SORT_***: Ascending or
descending sort
24
Description

Function The SORT_*** function sorts a table in ascending or descending order and
description arranges the sorted elements in this same table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l SORT_ARWORD,
l SORT_ARDWORD,
l SORT_ARINT,
l SORT_ARDINT,
l SORT_ARREAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
SORT_ARINT
Direction N
Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
SORT_ARINT
EN ENO

Direction N

Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

103
SORT_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Direction
SORT_ARINT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST SORT_ARINT(Direction, Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Direction INT Direction of sort to be carried out:
l Direction ≥ 0: ascending sort,
l Direction < 0: descending sort.

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, Table sorted in the direction specified in
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, Direction, n and m are positive or negative
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, integers, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

104
 SUB_***_***: Subtraction from
tables
25
Description

Function The SUB_***_*** function carries out the subtraction:

description l of the elements of a table from a number,
l of a number from the elements of a table,
l of the elements of a table from the respective elements of another table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions for the subtraction of the elements of a table from a number
functions or of a number from the elements of a table are as follows:
l SUB_INT_ARINT (Subtraction of each element of an INT table from an INT).
l SUB_DINT_ARDINT (Subtraction of each element of a table of DINTs from a
DINT).
l SUB_ARINT_INT (Subtraction of an INT from the elements of a table of INTs).
l SUB_ARDINT_DINT (Subtraction of a DINT from the elements of a table of
DINTs).

The available functions for the subtraction of the elements of a table from the
respective elements of another table are as follows:
l SUB_ARINT (Subtraction of the respective elements of both tables of INTs).
l SUB_ARDINT (Subtraction of the respective elements of both tables of DINTs).

Representation Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of a table of integers from
in FBD an integer:

SUB_INT_ARINT
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

105
SUB_***_***

Representation Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of a table of integers from
in LD an integer:

SUB_INT_ARINT

EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of a table of integers from
in IL an integer:
LD Input_IN1
SUB_INT_ARINT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of a table of integers from
in ST an integer:
Array1:= SUB_INT_ARINT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

106
 SUB_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or a table of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
subtraction:
l from a single or double integer Input_IN1
of the corresponding element of the table
Input_IN2 or else,
l from the elements of the table Input_IN1 of
the single or double integer Input_IN2 or
else,
l from the elements of the table Input_IN1 of
the respective elements of the table
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors The management of the %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) system bit is identical to that for operations on words or double words.

If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) bit (overflow or division by zero), the result for this operation
is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried out correctly.

107
SUB_***_***

108
 SUM_***: Sum of table elements

26
Description

Function The SUM_*** function calculates the sum of the elements of a table.
description
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l SUM_ARINT,
l SUM_ARDINT,
l SUM_ARREAL.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Sum1 = å
j=m
i=n
Array1[j]

Description:
Element Signification
Array1 Table declared in the following way:
ARRAY [n..m] OF ...

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
SUM_ARINT
Array1 IN OUT Sum1

109
SUM_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
SUM_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 IN OUT Sum1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
SUM_ARINT
ST Sum1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST Sum1:= SUM_ARINT(Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT Double or single integer tables or tables of reals,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT n and m are positive or negative integers, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Sum1 INT, DINT, REAL Sum of table elements assigned to input. The sum
is of the same type as the table elements.

Runtime errors When the table contains an invalid value, the sum of its elements contains 0.0 and
the bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) = 1.
When the sum of elements is greater than the maximum authorized value, its value
becomes 1.#INF and the bit %S18 = 1

110
 SWAP_***: Permutation of the
bytes of a table
27
Description

Function The SWAP_*** function carries out a permutation of the least significant bytes and
description the most significant bytes of the elements of a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l SWAP_ARINT,
l SWAP_ARWORD.

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in FBD
SWAP_ARINT
Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in LD
SWAP_ARINT
EN ENO

Array1 INOUT INOUT Array1

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in IL LD Array1
SWAP_ARINT

111
SWAP_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer table:

in ST SWAP_ARINT(Array1);

Description of The following table describes the input/output parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD On output, the bytes of Array1 have been
permutated.

112
 XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR
between tables
28
Description

Function The XOR_***_*** function carries out an exclusive logical OR (bit to bit) between:
description l the elements of two tables,
l between a single type variable and the elements of a table,
l between the elements of a table and a single type variable.

Note: The result is always a table.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The functions available in the general library are the following:
functions l XOR_AREBOOL (exclusive logical OR of two BOOL tables).
l XOR_ARWORD (exclusive logical OR of two WORD tables).
l XOR_ARWORD_WORD (exclusive logical OR of each element of a WORD table with
a WORD).
l XOR_ARDWORD_WORD (exclusive logical OR of each element of a DWORD table
with a DWORD).
l XOR_ARDWORD (exclusive logical OR of two DWORD tables).

The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:

l XOR_ARINT_INT (exclusive logical OR of each element of an INT table with an
INT).
l XOR_ARDINT_DINT (exclusive logical OR of each element of an DINT table with
an DINT).
l XOR_ARINT (exclusive logical OR of each element of an INT table with each
element corresponding to another INT table).
l XOR_ARDINT (exclusive logical OR of each element of a DINT table with each
element corresponding to another DINT table).

113
XOR_***_***

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in FBD
XOR_ARWORD_WORD
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1
Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in LD
XOR_ARWORD_WORD
EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Array1

Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in IL LD Input_IN1
XOR_ARWORD_WORD Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation Representation applied to a 16-bit string table and a 16-bit string:

in ST Array1:= XOR_ARWORD_WORD(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

114
 XOR_***_***

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 WORD, n and m are positive or negative integers or
DWORD, nil.
INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL,
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, The elements of Array1 are the result of the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, exclusive logical OR (bit to bit) between
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, Input_IN1 and Input_IN2, which can be
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, respectively:
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT l a table and a single variable,
l a single variable and a table,
l a table and a table.

115
XOR_***_***

116
 CLC_INT

III
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the CLC_INT family.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
29 Introduction to integer regulation functions 119
30 PID_INT: PID controller 125
31 PWM_INT: Pulse width modulation of a numerical value 133
32 SERVO_INT: Servo drive function 137

117
CLC_INT

118
 Introduction to integer regulation
functions
29
At a Glance

Subject of this This chapter provides the basic notions necessary for the use and implementation
Chapter of the following integer regulation functions:
l PID_INT,
l PWM_INT,
l SERVO_INT.

What's in this This chapter contains the following topics:

Chapter?
Topic Page
General Introduction 120
Principal of the regulation loop 121
Development methodology for a regulation application 122
Programming a regulation function 123
Behavior of functions in operating modes 124

119
Introduction to regulation EFs

General Introduction

General The regulation functions are the standard elements of the language.
They are used to program regulation loops.

These functions are particularly adapted to:

l meeting the requirements of sequential processes which need auxiliary
regulation functions (e.g.: plastic film packaging machines, finishing treatment
machines, presses etc.)
l meeting the requirements of simple regulation processes (e.g.: metal furnaces,
ceramic furnaces, small refrigerating units etc.),
l meeting the specific requirements of mechanical regulation or feedback control
where sampling time is critical (e.g.: torque regulation, speed regulation).

Note: There is no limit on the number of PID_INT functions that are available in
an application. In practice, it is the maximum number of input and output modules
which are accepted by the PLC that limits the number of loops.

Available The basic regulation functions are the following:

functions l the PID_INT function to execute a mixed PID_INT correction (serial – parallel),
l the PWM_INT function to execute the modulation adjustment period on the
discrete outputs,
l the SERVO_INT function to execute the motor command adaptations.

120
 Introduction to regulation EFs

Principal of the regulation loop

At a Glance A regulation loop has three distinct operating phases:

l the acquisition of data:
l measurements from the process’ sensors (analog, encoders),
l setpoint(s) generally from PLC internal variables or from data from the
operator terminal.
l execution of the PID regulation algorithm,
l the sending of commands adapted to the characteristics of the actuators to be
driven via the discrete or analog outputs.

The PID algorithm generates the command signal from:

l the measurement sampled by the input nodule,
l the setpoint value fixed by either the operator or the program,
l the values of the different corrector parameters.

The signal from the corrector is either directly handled by an analog output card of
the PLC linked to the actuator, or handled via the PWM or SERVO adjustments
depending on the types of actuator to be driven on a discrete output card of the PLC.

Illustration The following diagram schematizes the principal of a regulation loop.

HMI console
OUTPUTS
INPUTS

Loop
Adapter
controller
MEASUREMENT

CONTROL

PLC
ACTUATORS
SENSORS

Process to control

121
Introduction to regulation EFs

Development methodology for a regulation application

Flow diagram The following diagram shows the links between tasks to be carried out during the
creation and debugging of a regulation application (the order shown here is for
information purposes only).

Application -> Configuration

Configuration of interfaces
Discrete, Analog, Counts

Application -> Data Programming: Ladder, List

Entry of constant data, mnemonics, MAST, FAST, SR
numerical values Regulation, Human Machine Interface

PLC -> Connect

Transfer of the application
to the PLC

Animation tables Debugging Debugging

Variable table program and from the operator terminal

File -> Save Use of the control loops Exploitation of process via
Saving of the application the operator terminal

Documentation
Application documentation

122
 Introduction to regulation EFs

Programming a regulation function

Programming The regulation function parameters must all be entered. The functions use 3 kinds
rules of parameters:
l read only parameters, considered at the beginning of the function’s execution,
l write only parameters, positioned at the conclusion of the function’s execution,
l the read and write parameters, whose contents are considered at the beginning
of the function’s execution, are then updated by the results of the function.

Note: The regulation functions must be programmed in a periodic task (periodic

MAST or FAST). They must not be conditioned.

Parametering The word type input parameters are analog dimensions expressed on the scale [0,
+10000] and can be directly connected to measurement sensors via the %IWr.m.c
words of the analog inputs.

The bit type output parameters can be used to control discrete actuators and can be
directly connected to the %Qr.m.c. type variables.

In the same way, the word type output parameters can be used to control analog
actuators on the scale [0, +10000] and can be directly assigned to %QWr.m.c type
variables.

The ARRAY [0..n] OF INT or %MWi:L integer table type parameters contain the user
parameters and data necessary to the internal operation of the function.
If the length of a table is insufficient, the function is not executed.

Note: In order to keep the adjustment parameters of the regulation on cold start
function, it is necessary to delete the %MWi reset to zero option (in the processor’s
configuration screen)

123
Introduction to regulation EFs

Behavior of functions in operating modes

Introduction This paragraph describes the behavior of the functions in different start-up
scenarios:
l cold start (new application, change of cartridge…),
l warm restart (power return without changing the application context),
l first execution after adding a function via modification in connected mode.

Cold start This type of start occurs for a new application or a change of cartridge
On a cold start, the PLC can start automatically in RUN (according to the
application’s configuration). The function correctors have the following security
behavior: manual mode, outputs at 0. In addition, this supports the switching of the
PLC into RUN mode without carrying out the PID adjustment, then its debugging
with the operator terminal (the adjustment can only be performed in RUN).

Warm restart This type of restart occurs for a power return, without changing the application
context.
With a power return after an outage (regardless of how long it lasted) and if the
application context is not lost or modified, the functions go back to their state before
the outage. If the user wants to use another type of behavior, it is his responsibility
to test the %S1 system bit and to associate the required processing with it (forcing
in manual mode…).

Note: The PLC’s time-and-date stamp allows you find out the duration of the last
outage.

Adding a new Following the addition of a new function regulation call in connected mode, an
call in connected identical initialization to the case of the cold start is carried out.
mode
Note: In order to be seen as a new function, this must use a new parameter table.
Therefore, the removal of a PID_INT function, followed by the addition of a
PID_INT function that uses the same parameter table is not considered as an
addition of a new PID. In this case the PID is executed in the same state and with
the same parameters as the preceding PID.

124
 PID_INT: PID controller

30
Description

Subject of this This chapter describes the PID_INT function.

Chapter

What's in this This chapter contains the following topics:

Chapter?
Topic Page
Function description 126
Description of Derived Data 130

125
PID_INT

Function description

Function The PID_INT function carries out PID-type regulation on INT type inputs and
description outputs.
The measurement and the setpoint are analog data in [0-10000] format and
generate an analog command in the same format.

The PID_INT EF comprises the following functions:

l serial / parallel PID algorithm,
l forward / backward action (according to the KP gain sign),
l action derived from measurement or from distance,
l high and low limitation of the setpoint to [0-10000],
l high and low limitation of the output in automatic mode,
l anti-saturation of the integral action,
l Manual/Automatic operating modes without step by step on change,
l PID access control through the Human Machine Interface,
l operating in integrator for (KP = TD =0).

Note:
l The display parameters used by the operator terminal are shown in physical
units.
l For a correct PID operation, you must stay within the scale of [0-1000] for the
measurement and the setpoint.
l The PID function can be entered in any periodic task (MAST or FAST). The
function does not have to be conditioned.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

126
 PID_INT

Operating The following illustration provides the operating synoptic for the PID function.
synoptic

TS
CORRECTOR P.I.D.

TI
The Setpoint branch

Deviation +
INTERNAL 10000 Integrated
SETPOINT + + KP
Limiter
SET POINT SETPOINT - ρ Derivative action
0 USED on deviation +
S.P
1 TD
MEASUREMENT 0 d
USED Derivative PV_DEV dt
action Derived
INTERNAL on
MEASUREMENT Process
value The PID action
PROCESS The Measurement branch
VALUE
P.V
The PID operating modes
OUT_MAX
1
Limiter AUTO
OUTP
OUT_MIN 0

OUT_MAN

Monitoring without step by step of the command on switching from Auto ->Manu

HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE

- PV_MMI - PV_SUP
- SP_MMI - PV_INF

127
PID_INT

Representation Representation:
in FBD
PID_INT

Input_Tag TAG OUT PID_Out

Input_Unit UNIT
Input_PV PV
In_Out_Auto AUTO AUTO In_Out_Auto
In_Out_Para PARA PARA In_Out_Para

Representation Representation:
in LD
PID_INT
EN ENO

Input_Tag TAG OUT PID_Out

Input_Unit UNIT

Input_PV PV

In_Out_Auto AUTO AUTO In_Out_Auto

In_Out_Para PARA PARA In_Out_Para

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Input_Tag
PID_INT Input_Unit, Input_PV, In_Out_Auto, In_Out_Para,
PID_Out

Representation Representation:
in ST PID_INT(Input_Tag, Input_Unit, Input_PV, In_Out_Auto,
In_Out_Para, PID_Out);

128
 PID_INT

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_Tag STRING Name of PID used by the terminal.
String of 8 characters
Input_Unit STRING Unit of measurement used by the terminal.
String of 6 characters
Input_PV INT Process value input
Measurement format [0..10000].

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
In_Out_Auto EBOOL Input/output bit which indicates and manages
the operating modes of the PID and the
terminal:
l 0 : manual,
l 1 : auto.
In_Out_Para ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT PID parameter input/output table, the first 16
values of which are described below, the other
values being used for internal processing.
Table of 43 integers.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
PID_Out INT Analog output of PID, if TI = 0, an offset of 5000
is added to the OUT output in auto mode.
Output format [0;+10000].

129
PID_INT

Description of Derived Data

Description of The table below presents the different parameters of the PARA table:
PARA Table
Parameter Rank Function
SP PARA[0] Internal setpoint in 0 - 10000 format.
OUT_MAN PARA[1] Value of the manual output of the PID (between 1 and 1000).
KP PARA[2] Proportional gain of the PID (x100), signed without unit (-
10000<KP<+10000). The Kp sign determines the direction of
the PID’s action (negative: forward, positive: reverse).
TI PARA[3] The PID’s integral time (between 0 and 20000) is shown in 0.1
seconds.
TD PARA[4] The PID’s derivative time (between 0 and 10000) is shown in
0.1 seconds.
TS PARA[5] The PID’s sampling period (between 1 and 32000) is shown in
0.01 seconds. The real sampling period will be the multiple of
the period of the task in which the PID closest to the TS is
introduced.
OUT_MAX PARA[6] Upper limit of the PID’s output in automatic (between 0 and
10000).
OUT_MIN PARA[7] Lower limit of the PID’s output in automatic (between
0 and 10000).
PV_DEV PARA[8].0 Derived action choice 0 = on process variable, 1 = on
deviation.
NO_BUMP PARA[8].4 Bumpless or non-bumpless mode.
0 = non-bumpless, 1 = bumpless.
DEVAL_MMI PARA[8].8 = 1: inhibits the acknowledgement of the PID by the Human
Machine Interface.
= 0: the PID is operated by the Human Machine Interface.
This bit makes it possible to avoid performing scale
conversions on the PIDs not operated by the terminal, and to
select the operated PIDs, especially when there are more than
9 PIDs in the application.
PV_SUP* PARA[9] Upper limit of the measurement scale’s range, in a physical unit
(x100) (between –9 999 999 and +9 999 999).
PV_INF* PARA[11] These two integers are, respectively, the most significant and
PARA[12] least significant of a double integer, that is the lower limit of the
measurement scale's range, in a physical unit (x100) (between
-9 99 999 and + 9 999 999).

130
 PID_INT

Parameter Rank Function

PV_MMI* PARA[13] These two integers are, respectively, the most significant and
PARA[14] least significant of a double integer, that is the image of the
measurement in a physical unit (x100).
SP_MMI* PARA[15] These two integers are, respectively, the most significant and
PARA[16] least significant of a double integer, that is the operator setpoint
and image of the setpoint in a physical unit (x100).
* Value used by the operator terminal.

Note:
l The other parameters that are used by the PID’s internal management must
never be modified by the application.
l The values used by the terminal are multiplied by 100 in order to support a
display with 2 figures after the decimal point on the terminal (the terminal does
not use floating point format but supports a fixed comma format).

Rules There is no internal setpoint alignment on the measurement in manual mode.

The settings on the scale only take place on modification of one of the setpoints (SP
or DOP_SP).

The algorithm without the integral action (TI = 0) carries out the following operation:
For Then the output With

εt = SP – PV OUT = KP [ ε t+ Dt] / 100 + 5000 Dt = derived action

The algorithm with the integral action (TI <0) carries out the following operation:
For Then the output With

εt = SP – PV ∆ OUT = KP [ ∆εt+(TS/10.TI). ε t+ ∆ Dt]/100 OUT Dt = derived action

= OUT + ∆ OUT

On a cold start, the PID starts off again in manual, with the output at 0. To impose
the automatic mode or a manual output that is not at 0 after a cold start, you will have
to program the initialization sequence after the PID call.

131
PID_INT

132
 PWM_INT: Pulse width
modulation of a numerical value
31
Description

Function The PWM_INT function carries out pulse width regulation on a Discrete output. It is
description a function that formats a PID output.

The pulse width depends on the PID’s output (The PWM function’s INP input) and
the modulation period.

Note: the PWM_INT function can be entered in any periodic task (MAST or FAST).
The function does not have to be conditioned.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Operating The following diagram shows the operating synoptic of the PWM function:
synoptic

PV

PID OUTP INP

PWM PW_O

SP

T_MOD

133
PWM_INT

Representation Representation:
in FBD
PWM_INT
Input_INP INP PW_O PW_O_Out
In_Out_Para PARA PARA In_Out_Para

Representation Representation:
in LD
PWM_INT
EN ENO

Input_INP INP PW_O PW_O_Out

In_Out_Para PARA PARA In_Out_Para

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Input_INP
PWM_INT In_Out_Para, PW_O_Out

Representation Representation:
in ST PWM_INT(Input_INP, In_Out_Para, PW_O_Out);

134
 PWM_INT

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_INP INT Analog value to be modulated in pulse width
(format [0 – 10000]).

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
In_Out_Para ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT Input/output table of function parameters. The
first word corresponds to the parameter T_MOD.
Modulation period expressed in 1/100ths of
seconds (between 0 and 32767). T_MOD must be
greater than or equal to the current task period,
and is adjusted by the system to be an integer
that is a multiple of this.
The following integers are used internally by the
function and must never be modified by the
application.
Table of 5 integers.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
PW_O_Out EBOOL Analog output of PID, if TI = 0, an offset of 5000
is added to the OUT output in auto mode.

135
PWM_INT

Pulse widths To each Top of the T_MOD modulation period, the activation period in 10-3 seconds
of the PW_O_Out (PW_O) output is calculated according to the following formula:
State 1 of the gap (shown in 10 -2 seconds) = INP * T_MOD / 1000

The following timing diagram illustrates this formula:

PW_O

Modulation period

50% 75% 35%

Time
Pulse Width

Practical rules T_MOD = TS (where TS is the sampling period of the upstream PID).
The period of the current task (expressed in 10 -3 seconds) is equal to:
(Required resolution)* 10 * T_MOD.

The PID is in the MAST task, the MAST’s period is 50*10-3 s, TS = 500*10-2 s and
the required resolution is 1/50 (a T_MOD period must contain at least 50 periods of
the current task).

Let T_MOD = TS = 500.

The period of the task in which the PWM is introduced must be less than
500 * 10 / 50 =100 10-3 s.
The PWM function can therefore be programmed in the MAST task.
The resolution will be 1/100.

136
 SERVO_INT: Servo drive function

32
Description

Function The SERVO_INT function carries out a regulation with a motor-type actuator driven
description by two Discrete outputs (UP and DOWN).

Note:
l A SERVO_INT function can be entered in any periodic task (MAST or FAST).
The function does not have to be conditioned.
l It must be connected in tandem with the analog output of a PID. It cannot be
used alone.

When there is a copy of a position, the valve’s position is locked via the Input_Inp
(setpoint) and Input_Pot (position measurement) inputs.

When the copy does not physically exist, the algorithm no longer uses the PID’s
absolute output but the output’s variation. The Out_Up output (or Out_Down,
according to the variation sign) is set to 1 for a length of time proportional to the
actuator opening time and to the variation of the value. Also, the notion of minimum
pulse time is introduced.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SERVO_INT
Input_Inp INP UP Out_Up
Input_Pot POT DOWN Out_Down
In_Out_Pid PID PID In_Out_Pid
In_Out_Para PARA PARA In_Out_Para

137
SERVO_INT

Representation Representation:
in LD
SERVO_INT

EN ENO

Input_Inp INP UP Out_Up

Input_Pot POT DOWN Out_Down

In_Out_Pid PID PID In_Out_Pid

In_Out_Para PARA PARA In_Out_Para

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Input_Inp
SERVO_INT Input_Pot, In_Out_Pid, In_Out_Para, Out_Up, Out_Down

Representation Representation:
in ST SERVO_INT(Input_Inp, Input_Pot, In_Out_Pid, In_Out_Para,
Out_Up, Out_Down);

138
 SERVO_INT

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_Inp INT Position setpoint ([0 -10000] format) that has to be
connected to the PID output.
Input_Pot INT Position copy, ([0 -10000] format)
0 : closed valve; 10000: open valve.
If the copy does not exist, Input_POT must be
initialized at -10000. This particular value
indicates "no copy".

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
In_Out_Pid ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT Parameter table of upstream PID (See
Description of PARA Table, p. 130), used if there
are no copy words for the synchronization with
the upstream PID.
Table of 43 integers.
In_Out_Para ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT The first three parameters are used if the copy
does not exist ( Input_POT = -10000):
l In_Out_PARA[0] also called T_MOTOR is
the valve opening time expressed in 10-2 s.
l In_Out_PARA[1] also called T_MINI is the
minimum pulse expressed in 10-2 s.
l In_Out_PARA[2] also called HYST is the
hysteresis value in [0-10000] format.
Note: the other parameters that are used by the
function’s internal management must never be
modified by the application. All the parameters
are obligatory, regardless of the operating mode.
Table of 10 integers.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Out_Up EBOOL Output signal for the motor’s Out_Up operating
direction.
Out_Down EBOOL Output signal for the motor’s Out_Down
operating direction.

139
SERVO_INT

Principle of The SERVO_INT function locks the motor’s position according to a setpoint of the
operating with a Input_Inp (INP) position from a PID’s output in [0 - 10000] format, and to a
position copy Input_Pot (POT) position measurement.
The locking algorithm is a relay with hysteresis.

In this case, the PID, T_MOTOR and T_MINI parameters are not used.

SERVO
PV
OUTP INP UP
PID +

SP
-
DOWN

POT HYST

Principle of In this case, the SERVO_INT function is synchronized with the upstream PID by
operating using the PID parameter table passed on to the SERVO_INT function as a
without a parameter.
position copy
(POT= -10000) The algorithm receives in input the PID’s variation output and converts it into pulse
period, according to the following formula:
T_IMP (expressed in 10-3 s) = OUT x T_MOTOR / 1000

The acquired period is added to the remaining period of the preceding cycles: In fact,
what is not "consumed" in a cycle is memorized for the following cycles. This
ensures correct operation, especially where there are sudden variations in the
command (e.g.: PID setpoint scale division) and in manual mode.

140
 SERVO_INT

Example The example below is in Ladder language:

+2% +2%

+20% +24% +22%

OUT

1 2 3 4 5

UP
5s 1s

DOWN
1s
T_MOTOR = 25 s
T_MINI = 1 s

Label Description
1 The PID output variation is +20 % (T_MOTOR pulse =25 s for a 100 % variation).
In this case, the pulse affects the UP output for a period of 5 s.
2 The PID variation is +2 %, which would correspond to a pulse of 0.5 s. This pulse
is less than T_MINI (=1 s.), and it does not affect the outputs.
3 A second variation of +2 % appears and the function adds this variation to the
previous one (which corresponded to a variation less than the minimal value),
which corresponds to a positive global variation of +4 %, and therefore to a pulse
of 1 s on the UP output.
4 A variation of -24 % appears and the activated pulse is therefore of 6 s on the
DOWN output.
5 Before the following second has elapsed, another variation of +22 % brings the
system back to a global variation of 2 % < the variation of T_MINI (4 %). The
function finishes carrying out the minimal pulse of 1 s.

Note 1: The SERVO_INT function does not manage the position limits. These must
be managed by the application. If a limit is detected, you must force the
corresponding output to 0 (UP for the high limit, DOWN for the low limit).

141
SERVO_INT

Example: in Ladder language

OPERATE
SERVO_INT(Outp,%IW0.3.1,%Q0.2.1,%Q0.2.1,%Q0.2.2,>>)

(* Management of limits *)

Limit_up %Q0.2.1

Limit_down %Q0.2.2
R

Note 2: It is possible to switch from the operating mode with copy to the mode
without copy (for example: when a copy error occurs, go to mode without copy).

142
 Comparison

IV
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Comparison family.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
33 EQ: Equal to 145
34 GE: Greater than or equal to 147
35 GT: Greater than 151
36 LE: Less than or equal to 155
37 LT: Less than 159
38 NE: Not equal to 163

143
Comparison

144
 EQ: Equal to

33
Description

Function This function checks the inputs for equality, i.e. the output becomes "1" if there is
description equality at all inputs; otherwise, the output remains at "0".
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 31.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = 1, if (IN1 = IN2) & (IN2 = IN3) & .. & (IN(n-1) = INn)

Representation Representation:
in FBD EQ
Value1 IN1 OUT Result
Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
EQ

EN ENO
Result
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

145
EQ

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
EQ Value2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := EQ (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 31
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL Output

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451 ).

146
 GE: Greater than or equal to

34
Description

Function The function checks the values of successive inputs for a decreasing sequence or
description equality.
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 31.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with
each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the
alphabet are higher priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = 1, if (IN1 ≥ IN2) & (IN2 ≥ IN3) & .. & (IN(n-1) ≥ INn)

Representation Representation:
in FBD
GE
Value1 IN1 OUT Result
Value2 IN2

147
GE

Representation Representation:
in LD
GE

EN ENO
Result
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
GE Value2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := GE (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 31
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL Output

148
 GE

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

149
GE

150
 GT: Greater than

35
Description

Function The function checks the values of successive inputs for a decreasing sequence.
description The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 31.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with
each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the
alphabet are higher priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = 1, if (IN1 > IN2) & (IN2 > IN3) & .. (IN(n-1) > INn)

Representation Representation:
in FBD GT
Value1 IN1 OUT Result
Value2 IN2

151
GT

Representation Representation:
in LD
GT

EN ENO
Result
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
GT Value2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := GT (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 31
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL Output

152
 GT

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

153
GT

154
 LE: Less than or equal to

36
Description

Function The function checks the values of successive inputs for an increasing sequence or
description equality.
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 31.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with
each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the
alphabet are higher priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = 1, if (IN1 ≤ IN2) & (IN2 ≤ IN3) & .. & (IN(n-1) ≤ INn)

Representation Representation:
in FBD LE
Value1 IN1 OUT Result
Value2 IN2

155
LE

Representation Representation:
in LD
LE

EN ENO
Result
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
LE Value2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := LE (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 31
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL Output

156
 LE

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

157
LE

158
 LT: Less than

37
Description

Function The function checks the values of successive inputs for an increasing sequence.
description The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 31.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with
each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the
alphabet are higher priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = 1, if (IN1 < IN2) & (IN2 < IN3) & .. & (IN(n-1) < INn)

Representation Representation:
in FBD LT
Value1 IN1 OUT Result
Value2 IN2

159
LT

Representation Representation:
in LD
LT

EN ENO
Result
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
LT Value2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := LT (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input value
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input value
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input value
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 31
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL Output value

160
 LT

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

161
LT

162
 NE: Not equal to

38
Description

Function The function checks the input values for inequality.

description The data types of the input values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = 1, if IN1 < > IN2

Representation Representation:
in FBD NE
Value1 IN1 OUT Result
Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
NE

EN ENO
Result
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
NE Value2
ST Result

163
NE

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := NE (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL Output

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451 ).

164
 Date & Time

V
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Date & Time family.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
39 ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a duration to a date 167
40 DIVTIME: Division 169
41 MULTIME: Multiplication 171
42 SUB_***_***: Calculates the time difference between two dates 173
or times
43 SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a duration from a date 175

165
Date & Time

166
 ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a
duration to a date
39
Description

Function The ADD_***_TIME function adds a duration to a date or a time.

description
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l ADD_DT_TIME,
l ADD_TOD_TIME.

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in FBD
ADD_TOD_TIME
Source_Value IN1 OUT Result_Value
Time_to_Add IN2

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in LD
ADD_TOD_TIME
EN ENO

Source_Value IN1 OUT Result_Value

Time_to_Add IN2

167
ADD_***_TIME

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in IL LD Source_Value
ADD_TOD_TIME Time_to_Add
ST Result_Value

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in ST Result_Value:= ADD_TOD_TIME(Source_Value, Time_to_Add);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Source_Value DT, TOD Date or time.
Time_to_Add TIME Duration to be added to Source_Value

Note: this duration is expressed in TIME format with a

precision to the order of tenths of a second. As the types
DT and TOD are expressed to the nearest second,
Time_to_Add is rounded off to the second.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Value DT, TOD Result_Value is of the same type as
Source_Value.

Note: the management of leap years is to be provided for in the application.

Runtime errors For the type TOD, there is a change of day if Result_Value is outside the
authorized values. In this case, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set at 1 and the value of Result_Value is only
significant with a modulo 24:00:00.

For the type DT, if Result_Value is outside the interval of authorized values, the
system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
and the value of Result_Value is equal to the maximum limit.

If one of the input parameters cannot be interpreted and is inconsistent with the
function format then the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to
%S21, p. 448) is set at 1 and Result_Value applies:
l 00:00:00 for the type TOD.
l 00001-01-01-00:00:00 for the type DT.

168
 DIVTIME: Division

40
Description

Function The function divides the value at the TIME_variable (data type TIME) input with
description the value at the Divisor input and assigns the result to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = ( ( IN1 ) ÷ ( IN2 ) )

Representation Representation:
in FBD DIVTIME
TIME_variable IN1 OUT Quotient
Divisor IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
DIVTIME

EN ENO

TIME_variable IN1 OUT Quotient

Divisor IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD TIME_variable
DIVTIME Divisor
ST Quotient

169
DIVTIME

Representation Representation:
in ST Quotient := DIVTIME (TIME_variable, Divisor) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
TIME_varia TIME Dividend
ble
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT, REAL

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Quotient TIME Quotient

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l an invalid division by 0 is executed (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

Note: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Date & Time, p. 442.

170
 MULTIME: Multiplication

41
Description

Function The function multiplies the input values and assigns the result to the output.
description The data type of the 1st input value (TIME_variable) must be a TIME data type.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = IN1 x IN2

Representation Representation:
in FBD MULTIME
TIME_variable IN1 OUT Product
Factor IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
MULTIME

EN ENO

TIME_variable IN1 OUT Product

Factor IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD TIME_variable
MULTIME Factor
ST Product

171
MULTIME

Representation Representation:
in ST Product := MULTIME (TIME_variable, Factor) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
TIME_varia TIME Multiplicand (factor)
ble
Factor INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplier (factor)
UDINT, REAL

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Product TIME Product

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range at the output has been exceeded (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating-point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

Note: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Date & Time, p. 442.

172
 SUB_***_***: Calculates the time
difference between two dates or
times 42
Description

Function The SUB_***_*** function calculates the time difference between two dates or
description times.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l SUB_DATE_DATE,
l SUB_DT_DT,
l SUB_TOD_TOD.

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in FBD
SUB_TOD_TOD
Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Delay1
Input_IN2 IN2

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in LD
SUB_TOD_TOD
EN ENO

Input_IN1 IN1 OUT Delay1

Input_IN2 IN2

173
SUB_***_***

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in IL LD Input_IN1
SUB_TOD_TOD Input_IN2
ST Delay1

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in ST Delay1:= =SUB_TOD_TOD(Input_IN1, Input_IN2);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Input_IN1 DATE, DT, Date or time for which we wish to calculate the
TOD difference with Input_IN2.
Input_IN2 DATE, DT, Date or time for which we wish to calculate the
TOD difference with Input_IN2.
Of the same type as the elements of the table
Input_IN1.

Note: Input_IN1 and Input_IN2 must be of the same type.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Delay1 TIME Delay1 contains the time expressed as an absolute
value elapsed between the two entries Input_IN1 and
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors If Delay1 exceeds the maximum value allowed for a TIME format, there is overrun,
then Delay1 = 0 and the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to
%S21, p. 448) is set to 1.

If one of the input parameters is not interpretable and coherent in the function
format, then Delay1 = 0 and the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1.

174
 SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a
duration from a date
43
Description

Function The SUB_***_TIME function removes a duration from a date or a time.

description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l SUB_DT_TIME,
l SUB_TOD_TIME.

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in FBD
SUB_TOD_TIME
Source_Value IN1 OUT Result_Value
Time_to_Sub IN2

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in LD
SUB_TOD_TIME
EN ENO

Source_Value IN1 OUT Result_Value

Time_to_Sub IN2

175
SUB_***_TIME

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in IL LD Source_Value
SUB_TOD_TIME Time_to_Sub
ST Result_Value

Representation Representation applied to a time of day:

in ST Result_Value:= SUB_TOD_TIME(Source_Value, Time_to_Sub);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Source_Value DT, TOD Date or time.
Time_to_Sub TIME Duration to subtract from Source_Value

Note: this duration is expressed in TIME format (with a

precision to the order of tenths of a second). As the
types DT and TOD are expressed to the nearest
second, Time_to_Sub is rounded off to the second.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Value DT, TOD Result_Value is of the same type as
Source_Value.

Note: the management of leap years is to be provided for in the application.

Runtime errors For the type TOD, there is a change of day if Result_Value is outside the interval
of authorized values. In this case the system bit %S18 (See Description of system
bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448 ) is set at 1 and the value of Result_Value is only
significant with a modulo 24:00:00.

For the type DT, if Result_Value is outside the interval of authorized values, the
system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
and the value of Result_Value is equal to the minimum limit.

If one of the input parameters cannot be interpreted and is inconsistent with the
function format then the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to
%S21, p. 448) is set at 1 and Result_Value applies:
l 00:00:00 for the type TOD.
l 00001-01-01-00:00:00 for the type DT.

176
 Logic

VI
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Logic family.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
44 AND: AND function 179
45 F_TRIG: Falling edge detection 181
46 FE: Detection of Falling Edge 183
47 NOT: Negation 185
48 OR: OR function 187
49 R_TRIG: Rising edge detection 189
50 RE: Detection of Rising Edge 191
51 RESET: Setting of a bit to 0 193
52 ROL: Rotate left 195
53 ROR: Rotate right 197
54 RS: Bistable function block, reset dominant 199
55 SET: Setting of a bit to 1 201
56 SHL: Shift left 203
57 SHR: Shift right 205
58 SR: Bistable function block, set dominant 207
59 TRIGGER: Detection of all edges 209
60 XOR: Exclusive OR function 211

177
Logic

178
 AND: AND function

44
Description

Function The function for a bit-by-bit AND link of the bit sequences at the inputs and assigns
description the result to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the
functions Obsolete library:
l AND_DINT
l AND_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function AND.

Formula OUT = IN1 & IN2 & INn

Representation Representation:
in FBD
AND
Value_1 IN1 OUT Result
Value_2 IN2

179
AND

Representation Representation:
in LD
AND

EN ENO

Value_1 IN1 OUT Result

Value_2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value_1
AND Value_2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := AND (Value_1, Value_2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value_1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_n BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence (n = max. 32)
DWORD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output bit sequence
DWORD

180
 F_TRIG: Falling edge detection

45
Description

Function This function block is used for the detection of falling edges 1 -> 0.
description Output Q becomes "1" if there is a transition from "1" to "0" at the CLK input. The
output will remain at "1" from one function block execution to the next; the output
subsequently returns to "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD F_TRIG_Instance
F_TRIG
ClockInput CLK Q Output

Representation Representation:
in LD F_TRIG_Instance
F_TRIG

EN ENO
ClockInput Output
CLK Q

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL F_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output)

Representation Representation:
in ST F_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output) ;

181
F_TRIG

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
CLK BOOL Clock input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output

182
 FE: Detection of Falling Edge

46
Description

Function The FE function detects the passage from 1 to 0 (Falling Edge) of the bit associated
description with it.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
FE
Start_Button IN OUT Start_Pulse

Representation Representation:
in LD
Start_Button Start_Pulse
N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Start_Button
FE
ST Start_Pulse

Representation Representation:
in ST Start_Pulse:= FE (Start_Button);

183
FE

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Start_Button EBOOL Discrete input or output or internal bit whose Falling
Edge we wish to detect.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Start_Pulse BOOL Internal bit or output representing the Falling Edge.

Trend diagram Timing diagram:

Start_Button

Start_Pulse
T T is the Start_Button update
delay

T T is equal to a PLC cycle time for an input and is the delay between two assignments for
a discrete output or an internal bit.

184
 NOT: Negation

47
Description

Function The function negates the input bit sequence bit-by-bit and assigns the result to the
description output.
The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available The Obsolete library provides the following additional functions:
functions l NOT_DINT
l NOT_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function NOT.

Formula OUT = NOT IN

Representation Representation:
in FBD NOT
Value IN OUT NegValue

Representation Representation:
in LD
NOT

EN ENO

Value IN OUT NegValue

185
NOT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value
NOT
ST NegValue

Representation Representation:
in ST NegValue := NOT (Value) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
NegValue BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Negated bit sequence
DWORD

186
 OR: OR function

48
Description

Function The function for a bit OR link of the bit sequences at the inputs and returns the result
description at the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the
functions Obsolete library:
l OR_DINT
l OR_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function OR.

Formula OUT = IN1 OR IN2 OR .. OR INn

Representation Representation:
in FBD
OR
Value_1 IN1 OUT Result
Value_2 IN2

187
OR

Representation Representation:
in LD
OR

EN ENO

Value_1 IN1 OUT Result

Value_2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value_1
OR Value_2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := OR (Value_1, Value_2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value_1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_n BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD n = max. 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output bit sequence
DWORD

188
 R_TRIG: Rising edge detection

49
Description

Function This function block is used for the detection of rising edges 0 -> 1.
description Output Q becomes "1" if there is a transition from "0" to "1" at the CLK input. The
output remains at "1" from one function block execution to the next (one cycle); the
output subsequently returns to "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD R_TRIG_Instance
R_TRIG
ClockInput CLK Q Output

Representation Representation:
in LD R_TRIG_Instance
R_TRIG

EN ENO
ClockInput Output
CLK Q

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL R_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output)

Representation Representation:
in ST R_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output) ;

189
R_TRIG

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
CLK BOOL Clock input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output

190
 RE: Detection of Rising Edge

50
Description

Function The RE function detects the passage from 0 to 1(Rising Edge) of the bit associated
description with it.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
RE
Start_Button IN OUT Start_Pulse

Representation Representation:
in LD
Start_Button Start_Pulse
P

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Start_Button
RE
ST Start_Pulse

Representation Representation:
in ST Start_Pulse := RE (Start_Button);

191
RE

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Start_Button EBOOL Discrete input or output, internal bit whose Rising
Edge we wish to detect

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Start_Pulse BOOL Internal bit or output representing the Rising Edge.

Trend diagram Timing diagram:

Start_Button

Start_Pulse
T T is the Start_Button update
delay

T T is equal to a PLC cycle time for an input and is the delay between two assignments for
a discrete output or an internal bit.

192
 RESET: Setting of a bit to 0

51
Description

Function The RESET function sets the bit associated with it to zero.
description

Representation Representation:
in FBD
RESET
OUT Bit_to_Reset

Representation Representation:
in LD

Bit_to_Reset
R

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL RESET(Bit_to_Reset)

Representation Representation:
in ST RESET (Bit_to_Reset);

193
RESET

Description of The following table describes the output parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Bit_to_Reset BOOL Discrete input or output or internal bit we wish to set
to 0.

194
 ROL: Rotate left

52
Description

Function This function rotates the bit pattern at the IN input circularly to the left by n bits (value
description at input Number).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is
stored there.
The data types of the IN input and OUT output must be identical.

Note: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL
data type. This is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the
functions Obsolete library:
l ROL_DINT
l ROL_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function ROL.

Representation Representation:
in FBD ROL
InputPattern IN OUT OutputPattern
Number N

195
ROL

Representation Representation:
in LD
ROL

EN ENO

InputPattern IN OUT OutputPattern

Number N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD InputPattern
ROL Number
ST OutputPattern

Representation Representation:
in ST OutputPattern := ROL (InputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
InputPatte For ROL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern to be rotated
rn WORD, DWORD
For ROL_INT: INT
For ROL_DINT: DINT
Number For ROL: UINT this is the number of spaces to be rotated
For ROL_INT,
ROL_DINT: INT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
OutputPatt For ROL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern rotated
ern WORD, DWORD
For ROL_INT: INT
For ROL_DINT: DINT

196
 ROR: Rotate right

53
Description

Function This function rotates the bit pattern at the In input circularly to the right by n bits
description (value at input Number).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is
stored there.
The data types of the IN input and OUT output must be identical.

Note: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL
data type. This is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the
functions Obsolete library:
l ROR_DINT
l ROR_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function ROR.

Representation Representation:
in FBD ROR
InputPattern IN OUT OutputPattern
Number N

197
ROR

Representation Representation:
in LD
ROR

EN ENO

InputPattern IN OUT OutputPattern

Number N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD InputPattern
ROR Number
ST OutputPattern

Representation Representation:
in ST OutputPattern := ROR (InputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
InputPatte For ROR: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern to be rotated
rn WORD, DWORD
For ROR_INT: INT
For ROR_DINT: DINT
Number For ROR: UINT this is the number of spaces to be rotated
For ROR_INT,
ROR_DINT: INT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
OutputPatt For ROR: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern rotated
ern WORD, DWORD
For ROR_INT: INT
For ROR_DINT: DINT

198
 RS: Bistable function block, reset
dominant
54
Description

Function The function block is used as RS memory with the property "Reset dominant".
description Output Q1 becomes "1" when the S input becomes "1". This state remains even if
input S reverts back to "0". Output Q1 changes back to "0" when input R1 becomes
"1". If the inputs S and R1 are "1" simultaneously, the dominating input R1 will set
the output Q1 to "0".
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of Q1 is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD RS_Instance
RS
Set S Q1 Output
Reset R1

Representation Representation:
in LD RS_Instance
RS

EN ENO
Set Output
S Q1
Reset
R1

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL RS_Instance (S:=Set, R1:=Reset, Q1=>Output)

199
RS

Representation Representation:
in ST RS_Instance (S:=Set, R1:=Reset, Q1=>Output) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
S BOOL Set
R1 BOOL Reset (dominant)

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q1 BOOL Output

200
 SET: Setting of a bit to 1

55
Description

Function The SET function sets the bit associated with it to 1.

description

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SET
OUT Bit_to_Set

Representation Representation:
in LD

Bit_to_Set
S

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL SET(Bit_to_Set)

Representation Representation:
in ST SET (Bit_to_Set);

201
SET

Description of The following table describes the output parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Bit_to_Set BOOL Discrete input or output or internal bit we wish to set
to 1.

202
 SHL: Shift left

56
Description

Function This function shifts the bit pattern at the IN input to the left by n bits (value at input N).
description System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is
stored there.
Zeros are filled in from the right.
The data types of the IN input and OUT output must be identical.

Note: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL
data type. This is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available Additionally, the Obsolete library provides the following functions:
functions l SHL_DINT
l SHL_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function SHL.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SHL
IntputPattern IN OUT ShiftedPattern
Number N

203
SHL

Representation Representation:
in LD
SHL

EN ENO

IntputPattern IN OUT ShiftedPattern

Number N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD IntputPattern
SHL Number
ST ShiftedPattern

Representation Representation:
in ST ShiftedPattern := SHL (IntputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
IntputPatt For SHL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern to be shifted
ern WORD, DWORD For example: IntputPattern =
For SHL_INT: INT 2#0100000011110001.
For SHL_DINT: DINT
Number For SHL: UINT this is the number of spaces to be shifted
For SHL_INT, Example: Number = 4.
SHL_DINT: INT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ShiftedPat For SHL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern shifted
tern WORD, DWORD For example: with the data from the previous table,
For SHL_INT: INT the result is: ShiftedPattern =
For SHL_DINT: DINT 2#0000111100010000

204
 SHR: Shift right

57
Description

Function This function shifts the bit pattern at the IN input to the right by n bits (value at
description input N).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is
stored there.
Zeros are filled in from the left.
Special case: If in the dialog box Tools → Project Settings → Language
extensions, the option INT/DINT is activated instead of ANY_BIT valid and input
IN uses data types INT or DINT, then zeros are filled in from the left when the most
significant bit is 0. If the most significant bit is 1, ones are filled in. The most
significant bit contains the sign bit for data types INT and DINT. This guarantees
that the sign is not lost when shifting. If the sign is not to be considered and zeros
are always filled in, the function SHRZ_*** from the Obsolete library can be used
for Premium controllers.
The data types of the In input and OUT output must be identical.

Note: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL
data type. This is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SHR
IntputPattern IN OUT ShiftedPattern
Number N

205
SHR

Representation Representation:
in LD
SHR

EN ENO

IntputPattern IN OUT ShiftedPattern

Number N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD IntputPattern
SHR Number
ST ShiftedPattern

Representation Representation:
in ST ShiftedPattern := SHR (IntputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
IntputPatt BOOL, BYTE, WORD, this is the bit pattern to be shifted
ern DWORD For example: IntputPattern =
2#0100000011110001.
Number UINT this is the number of spaces to be shifted
Example: Number = 4.

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ShiftedPat BOOL, BYTE, WORD, this is the bit pattern shifted
tern DWORD For example: with the data from the previous table,
the result is: ShiftedPattern =
2#0000010000001111

206
 SR: Bistable function block, set
dominant
58
Description

Function The function block is used as SR memory with the property "Set dominant".
description Output Q1 becomes "1" when the S1 input becomes "1". This state remains even if
input S1 reverts back to "0". Output Q1 changes back to "0" when input R becomes
"1". If the inputs S1 and R are both "1" simultaneously, the dominating input S1 will
set the output Q1 to "1".
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of Q1 is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD SR_Instance
SR
Set S1 Q1 Output
Reset R

Representation Representation:
in LD SR_Instance
SR

EN ENO
Set Output
S1 Q1
Reset
R

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL SR_Instance (S1:=Set, R:=Reset, Q1=>Output)

207
SR

Representation Representation:
in ST SR_Instance (S1:=Set, R:=Reset, Q1=>Output) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
S1 BOOL Set (dominant)
R BOOL Reset

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q1 BOOL Output

208
 TRIGGER: Detection of all edges

59
Description

Function The function block recognizes all types of edges (1 -> 0 and 0 -> 1) at the CLK input.
description At a rising edge, a transition from "0" to "1"occurs on the CLK input; at a falling edge,
a transition from "1" to "0" occurs on the CLK input.
At any edge, the EDGE output becomes "1".
At a rising edge, the EDGE output and the RISE output become "1".
At a falling edge, the EDGE output and the FALL output become "1". If no edge
occurs, all outputs are "0".

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD TRIGGER_Instance
TRIGGER
ClockInput CLK RISE RisingEdge
EDGE AnyEdge
FALL FallingEdge

209
TRIGGER

Representation Representation:
in LD TRIGGER_Instance
TRIGGER

EN ENO
ClockInput RisingEdge
CLK RISE
AnyEdge
EDGE
FallingEdge
FALL

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL TRIGGER_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, RISE=>RisingEdge,
EDGE=>AnyEdge, FALL=>FallingEdge)

Representation Representation:
in ST TRIGGER_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, RISE=>RisingEdge,
EDGE=>AnyEdge, FALL=>FallingEdge) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
CLK BOOL Clock input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
RISE BOOL Indicator of a rising edge
EDGE BOOL Indicator of all types of edges
FALL BOOL Indicator of a falling edge

210
 XOR: Exclusive OR function

60
Description

Function The function for a bit XOR link of the bit sequences at the inputs and returns the
description result at the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the
functions Obsolete library:
l XOR_DINT
l XOR_INT
The functionality of these functions is identical to the function XOR.

Formula OUT = IN1 XOR IN2 XOR .. XOR INn

Representation Representation:
in FBD
XOR
Value_1 IN1 OUT Result
Value_2 IN2

211
XOR

Representation Representation:
in LD
XOR

EN ENO

Value_1 IN1 OUT Result

Value_2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value_1
XOR Value_2
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := XOR (Value_1, Value_2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value_1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_n BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD n = max 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output bit sequence
DWORD

212
 Mathematics

VII
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Mathematics family.

213
Mathematics

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
61 ABS: Absolute value computation 215
62 ACOS: Arc cosine 217
63 ADD: Addition 219
64 ADD_TIME: Addition 221
65 ASIN: Arc sine 223
66 ATAN: Arc tangent 225
67 COS: Cosine 227
68 DEC: Decrementation of a variable 229
69 DIV: Division 231
70 DIVMOD: Division and Modulo 233
71 EXP: Natural exponential 235
72 EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation of one value by another 237
value
73 INC: Incrementation of a variable 239
74 LN: Natural logarithm 241
75 LOG : Base 10 logarithm 243
76 MOD: Modulo 245
77 MOVE: Assignment 247
78 MUL: Multiplication 249
79 NEG: Negation 251
80 SIGN: Sign evaluation 253
81 SIN: Sine 255
82 SUB: Subtraction 257
83 SUB_TIME: Subtraction 259
84 SQRT_*** : Square root 261
85 TAN: Tangent 263

214
 ABS: Absolute value computation

61
Description

Function The function computes the absolute value of the input value and assigns the result
description to the output.
The data types of the input and output values must be identical.

Note: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the UINT
and UDINT data types. This is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN

Representation Representation:
in FBD
ABS
Value IN OUT Result

Representation Representation:
in LD
ABS

EN ENO

Value IN OUT Result

215
ABS

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value
ABS
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := ABS (Value) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value INT, DINT, UINT, Input value
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result INT, DINT, UINT, Output value
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l a value is below a limit value (data types INT and DINT)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

216
 ACOS: Arc cosine

62
Description

Function The ACOS function calculates the principal arc cosine of a real value. The result is
description given in the form of an angle in radians.

The function call can also be carried out by ACOS_REAL.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Angle = Arc cos ( Cos_Value )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
ACOS_REAL
Cos_Value IN OUT Angle

217
ACOS

Representation Illustration:
in LD
ACOS_REAL
EN ENO

Cos_Value IN OUT Angle

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Cos_Value
ACOS_REAL
ST Angle

Representation Representation:
in ST Angle:= ACOS_REAL(Cos_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Cos_Value REAL Cosine of angle calculated at block output.
-1 ≤ Cos_Value ≤ 1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians, whose cosine has the
value Cos_Value.
0 ≤ Angle ≤ π

Runtime errors When the absolute value Cos_Value is greater than 1, the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
indicates the type of fault.

218
 ADD: Addition

63
Description

Function The function adds the input values and assigns the result to the output.
description The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32 for all functions.
For addition with values of the TIME data type, there is the block ADD_TIME
(See ADD_TIME: Addition, p. 221)
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL:

OUT = IN1 + IN2 + .. INn

Representation Representation:
in FBD
ADD
Value1 IN1 OUT Sum
Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
ADD

EN ENO

Value1 IN1 OUT Sum

Value2 IN2

219
ADD

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
ADD Value2
ST Sum

Representation Representation:
in ST Sum := ADD (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Summand
UDINT, REAL
Value2 INT, DINT, UINT, Summand
UDINT, REAL
Valuen INT, DINT, UINT, Summand
UDINT, REAL n = max 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Sum INT, DINT, UINT, Sum
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range on the output is exceeded (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

220
 ADD_TIME: Addition

64
Description

Function This function adds 2 input values of data type TIME and assigns the result to the
description output (also data type TIME).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = IN1 + IN2

Representation Representation:
in FBD
ADD_TIME
TimeValue1 IN1 OUT Sum
TimeValue2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
ADD_TIME

EN ENO

TimeValue1 IN1 OUT Sum

TimeValue2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD TimeValue1
ADD_TIME TimeValue2
ST Sum

221
ADD_TIME

Representation Representation:
in ST Sum := ADD_TIME (TimeValue1, TimeValue2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
TimeValue1 TIME Summand
TimeValue2 TIME Summand

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Sum TIME Sum

Runtime error System bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
if the value range at the output is exceeded.

222
 ASIN: Arc sine

65
Description

Function The ASIN function calculates the principal sine arc of a real value. The result is given
description in the form of an angle in radians.
The function call can also be carried out by ASIN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Angle = Arc sin ( Sin_Value )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
ASIN_REAL
Sin_Value IN OUT Angle

Representation Representation:
in LD
ASIN_REAL
EN ENO

Sin_Value IN OUT Angle

223
ASIN

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Sin_Value
ASIN_REAL
ST Angle

Representation Representation:
in ST Angle:= ASIN_REAL(Sin_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Sin_Value REAL Sine of angle calculated at block output.
-1 ≤ Sin_Value ≤ 1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians, whose sine has the value
Sin_Value.
- π/2 ≤ Angle ≤ + π/2

Runtime errors When the absolute value Sin_Value is greater than 1, the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
indicates the type of fault.

224
 ATAN: Arc tangent

66
Description

Function The ACOS function calculates the principal arc tangent of a real value. The result is
description given in the form of an angle in radians.
The function call can also be carried out by ATAN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Angle = Arc tan ( Tan_Value )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
ATAN_REAL
Tan_Value IN OUT Angle

Representation Representation:
in LD
ATAN_REAL
EN ENO

Tan_Value IN OUT Angle

225
ATAN

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Tan_Value
ATAN_REAL
ST Angle

Representation Representation:
in ST Angle:= ATAN_REAL(Tan_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Tan_Value REAL Tangent of angle calculated at block output.
-1.#INF < Tan_Value < +1.#INF

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians, whose tangent has the
value Tan_Value.
- π/2 < Angle < +π/2

Runtime errors When the absolute value Tan_Value is greater than 1, the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
indicates the type of fault.

226
 COS: Cosine

67
Description

Function The COS function calculates the cosine of an angle.

description The function call can also be carried out by COS_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Cos_Value = Cos ( Angle )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
COS_REAL
Angle IN OUT Cos_Value

Representation Representation:
in LD
COS_REAL
EN ENO

Angle IN OUT Cos_Value

227
COS

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Angle
COS_REAL
ST Cos_Value

Representation Representation:
in ST Cos_Value:= COS_REAL(Angle);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians.
-2 63 ≤ Angle ≤ +2 63

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Cos_Value REAL Cosine of Angle expressed in radians.
-1 ≤ Cos_Value ≤ 1

Runtime errors When the absolute value of Angle is greater than 2 63 , the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
indicates the type of fault.

228
 DEC: Decrementation of a variable

68
Description

Function The DEC function decrements a variable by 1.

description The parameter of this function can be declared of type ANY_INT.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in FBD
DEC
Value1 INOUT INOUT Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in LD
DEC
EN ENO

Value1 INOUT INOUT Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in IL CAL DEC(Value1)

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in ST DEC(Value1);

229
DEC

Description of The following table describes the input/output parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Each time the program uses this EF the variable
UDINT. Value1 is decremented by one unit.

Runtime errors In the case of overrun, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15
to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1 and the decremented value becomes positive (32767 for
an integer for example).

230
 DIV: Division

69
Description

Function The function divides the value at the Dividend with the value at the Divisor input
description and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input values and the output values must be identical.
For division with values of the TIME data type, you can use the block DIVTIME
(See DIVTIME: Division, p. 169).
When dividing INT, DINT, UINT and UDINT data types, any decimal places in the
result are omitted, e.g.
7÷3 = 2
( –7 ) ÷ 3 = –2
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = ( ( IN1 ) ÷ ( IN2 ) )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DIV
Dividend IN1 OUT Quotient
Divisor IN2

231
DIV

Representation Representation:
in LD
DIV

EN ENO

Dividend IN1 OUT Quotient

Divisor IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Dividend
DIV Divisor
ST Quotient

Representation Representation:
in ST Quotient := DIV (Dividend, Divisor) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Dividend INT, DINT, UINT, Dividend
UDINT, REAL
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Quotient INT, DINT, UINT, Quotient
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l an invalid division by 0 is executed (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

232
 DIVMOD: Division and Modulo

70
Description

Function This procedure divides the value at the Dividend input by the value at the
description Divisor input. The result of the division is delivered at the Quotient output. The
remainder of the division is delivered at the Modulo output.
If there is a decimal place in the division result, the division will truncate it.
The data types of all input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

DV = IN1 / IN2
MD = IN1 mod IN2

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DIVMOD
Dividend IN1 DV Quotient
Divisor IN2 MD Modulo

Representation Representation:
in LD
DIVMOD

EN ENO

Dividend IN1 DV Quotient

Divisor IN2 MD Modulo

233
DIVMOD

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Dividend
DIVMOD Divisor, Quotient, Modulo

Representation Representation:
in ST DIVMOD (Dividend, Divisor, Quotient, Modulo);

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Dividend INT, DINT, UINT, Dividend
UDINT
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Quotient INT, DINT, UINT, Quotient
UDINT
Modulo INT, DINT, UINT, Modulo
UDINT

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if an invalid division by 0 is executed.

234
 EXP: Natural exponential

71
Description

Function The EXP function calculates the natural exponential of a real.

description The function call can also be carried out by EXP_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Exp_Real_Value = Exp ( Real_Value )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
EXP_REAL
Real_Value IN OUT Exp_Real_Value

Representation Representation:
in LD
EXP_REAL
EN ENO

Real_Value IN OUT Exp_Real_Value

235
EXP

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Real_Value
EXP_REAL
ST Exp_Real_Value

Representation Representation:
in ST Log_Real_Value:= EXP_REAL(Real_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Real_Value REAL Real value of which we wish to obtain the Natural
exponential
-87.33654 < Real_Value < 88.72283

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Exp_Real_Value REAL Natural exponential of Real_Value
0 < Exp_Real_Value < 1.#INF

Runtime errors When Real_Value is situated outside the interval ]-87.33654, 88.72283[, the
system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes
to 1 and the system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to
%SW18, p. 451 ) indicates the type of fault.

236
 EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation
of one value by another value
72
Description

Function The EXPT_REAL_*** function calculates the exponentiation of one value by

Description another value.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l EXPT_REAL_INT,
l EXPT_REAL_DINT,
l EXPT_REAL_UINT,
l EXPT_REAL_UDINT,
l EXPT_REAL_REAL.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Exponent
Expt_Real_Value = Value1

Representation Representation applied to a real number:

in FBD
EXPT_REAL_REAL
Value1 IN1 OUT Expt_Real_Value
Exponent IN2

237
EXPT_REAL_***

Representation Representation applied to a real number:

in LD
EXPT_REAL_REAL
EN ENO

Value1 IN1 OUT Expt_Real_Value

Exponent IN2

Representation Representation applied to a real number:

in IL LD Value1
EXPT_REAL_REAL Exponent
ST Expt_Real_Value

Representation Representation applied to a real number:

in ST Expt_Real_Value := EXPT_REAL_REAL(Value1, Exponent);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Value1 REAL Value for which you want to find the exponential by
Exponent
0 ≤ Value1 < INF
Exponent INT, Exponent of the exponential
UINT, -INF < Exponent < +INF
DINT,
UDINT,
REAL.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Expt_Real__Value REAL Natural exponential of Value1
-1 < Expt_Real_Value < +INF

Runtime Errors When Value1 is negative or when there is an Expt_Real_Value overrun the
system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes
to 1 and the system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to
%SW18, p. 451 ) indicates the type of fault.

238
 INC: Incrementation of a variable

73
Description

Function The INC function increments a variable by 1.

description The parameter of this function can be declared of type ANY_INT.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in FBD
INC
Value1 INOUT INOUT Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in LD

INC
EN ENO

Value1 INOUT INOUT Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in IL CAL INC(Value1)

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in ST INC(Value1);

239
INC

Description of The following table describes the input/output parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Each time the program uses this EF, the variable
UDINT. Value1 is incremented by one unit.

Runtime errors In the case of overrun, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15
to %S21, p. 448 ) is set to 1 and the incremented value becomes negative (-32768
for an integer for example).

240
 LN: Natural logarithm

74
Description

Function The LN function calculates the natural logarithm of a real.

description The function call can also be carried out by LN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Ln_Real_Value = Ln ( Real_Value )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
LN_REAL
Real_Value IN OUT Ln_Real_Value

Representation Representation:
in LD
LN_REAL
EN ENO

Real_Value IN OUT Ln_Real_Value

241
LN

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Real_Value
LN_REAL
ST Ln_Real_Value

Representation Representation:
in ST Ln_Real_Value := LN_REAL(Real_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Real_Value REAL Real value of which we wish to obtain the natural
logarithm.
0 < Real_Value < 1.#INF

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Ln_Real_Value REAL Natural logarithm of Real_Value
-1.#INF < Ln_Real_Value < +1.#INF

Runtime errors WhenReal_Value is negative, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system
bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448 ) changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (See
Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451) indicates the type of fault.

242
 LOG : Base 10 logarithm

75
Description

Function The LOG function calculates the base 10 logarithm of a real number.
description The function call can also be carried out by LOG_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Log_Real_Value = Log ( Real_Value )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
LOG_REAL
Real_Value IN OUT Log_Real_Value

Representation Representation:
in LD
LOG_REAL
EN ENO

Real_Value IN OUT Log_Real_Value

243
LOG

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Real_Value
LOG_REAL
ST Log_Real_Value

Representation Representation:
in ST Log_Real_Value:= LOG_REAL(Real_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Real_Value REAL Real value of which we wish to obtain the natural
logarithm.
0 < Real_Value < 1.#INF

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Log_Real_Value REAL Natural logarithm of Real_Value
-1.#INF < Log_Real_Value < +1.#INF

Runtime errors WhenReal_Value is negative, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system
bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448 ) changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (See
Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451) indicates the type of fault.

244
 MOD: Modulo

76
Description

Function The function divides the value at the Dividend with the value at the Divisor input
description and assigns the modulo to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = IN1 mod IN2

Representation Representation:
in FBD
MOD
Dividend IN1 OUT Rest
Divisor IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
MOD

EN ENO

Dividend IN1 OUT Rest

Divisor IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Dividend
MOD Divisor
ST Rest

245
MOD

Representation Representation:
in ST Rest := MOD (Dividend, Divisor) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Dividend INT, DINT, UINT, Dividend
UDINT
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Remainder INT, DINT, UINT, Modulo
UDINT

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if an invalid division by 0 is executed.

246
 MOVE: Assignment

77
Description

Function The function assigns the input value to the output.

description This is a generic function, i.e. the data type to be processed will be determined by
the variable that was first assigned to the function.
If a direct address of a variable is to be assigned or vice versa, always assign the
variable to the function first. A direct address at input and output of the function is
not authorized since this does not allow a clear definition of the data type.
The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = IN

Representation Representation:
in FBD MOVE

Input IN OUT Output

Representation This function can not be used in the LD (Ladder Diagram) programming language
in LD with the BOOL data type, since the same functionality can be achieved there with
contacts and coils.
Representation:

MOVE

EN ENO

Input IN OUT Output

247
MOVE

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Input
MOVE
ST Output

Representation Representation:
in ST Output := MOVE (Input) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameter:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Input ANY Input value

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Output ANY Output value

248
 MUL: Multiplication

78
Description

Function The function multiplies the input values and assigns the result to the output.
description The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
For multiplication with values of the TIME data type, you can use the block MULTIME
(See MULTIME: Multiplication, p. 171).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = IN1 x IN2 x .. x INn

Representation Representation:
in FBD
MUL
Factor1 IN1 OUT Product
Factor2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
MUL

EN ENO

Factor1 IN1 OUT Product

Factor2 IN2

249
MUL

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Factor1
MUL Factor2
ST Product

Representation Representation:
in ST Product := MUL (Factor1, Factor2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Factor1 INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplicand (factor)
UDINT, REAL
Factor2 INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplier (factor)
UDINT, REAL
Factorn INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplier (factor)
UDINT, REAL n = max 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Product INT, DINT, UINT, Product
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range at the output has been exceeded (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

250
 NEG: Negation

79
Description

Function The function negates the input value and delivers the result at the NegatedOutput
description output.
The negation causes a sign reversal, e.g.
6 -> -6
-4 -> 4

Note: When the INT and DINT data types are processed, it is not possible to
convert very long negative values into positive ones. However, the ENO output is
not set to 0 when this error occurs.

Note: When the UINT and UDINT data types are processed, an error message is
always returned.

The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD NEG
Input IN OUT NegatedOutput

251
NEG

Representation Representation:
in LD
NEG

EN ENO

Input IN OUT NegatedOutput

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Input
NEG
ST NegatedOutput

Representation Representation:
in ST NegatedOutput := NEG (Input) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Input INT, DINT, UINT, Input
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
NegatedOut INT, DINT, UINT, Negated output
put UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l a violation of the value range at the input occurs during the execution of the
function ( data types INT and DINT)
or
l an input value of the data type UDINT or UINT is to be converted.

252
 SIGN: Sign evaluation

80
Description

Function The function is used for the detection of negative signs.

description With a value ≥ 0 at the input, the output becomes "0". With a value < 0 at the input,
the output becomes "1".

Note: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the UINT
and UDINTdata types. This is not significant since these functions always return a
0 result.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = 1, if IN < 0
OUT = 0, if IN ≥ 0

Note: Because of the different processing of REAL and INT values, the following
behavior results for signed 0 (+/-0):
l -0.0 -> SIGN_REAL -> 1
l +0.0 -> SIGN_REAL -> 0
l -0 -> SIGN_INT/DINT -> 0
l +0 -> SIGN_INT/DINT -> 0

Representation Representation:
in FBD SIGN
Value IN OUT Negativ

253
SIGN:

Representation Representation:
in LD
SIGN

EN ENO
Negativ
Value IN OUT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value
SIGN
ST Negativ

Representation Representation:
in ST Negativ := SIGN (Value) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value INT, DINT, REAL Signed input

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Negative BOOL Sign evaluation

Runtime error The system bit %S18 is set to 1 and ENO to 0 if

l an input value of the data type UINT or UDINT is to set.

254
 SIN: Sine

81
Description

Function The SIN function calculates the sine of an angle.

description
The function call can also be carried out by SIN_REAL.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Sin_Value = Sin ( Angle )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SIN_REAL
Angle IN OUT Sin_Value

Representation Representation:
in LD
SIN_REAL
EN ENO

Angle IN OUT Sin_Value

255
SIN

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Angle
SIN_REAL
ST Sin_Value

Representation Representation:
in ST Sin_Value:= SIN_REAL(Angle);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians.
-2 63 ≤Angle ≤ +2 63

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Sin_Value REAL Sine of Angle.
-1 ≤ Sin_Value ≤ 1

Runtime errors When the absolute value of Angle is greater than 2 63 , the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
indicates the type of fault.

256
 SUB: Subtraction

82
Description

Function The function subtracts the value at the Value2 input from the value at the Value1
description input and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input values and the output values must be identical.
For subtraction with values of the TIME data type, you can use the block SUB_TIME
(See SUB_TIME: Subtraction, p. 259).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Difference = Value1 - Value2

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SUB
Value1 IN1 OUT Difference
Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
SUB

EN ENO

Value1 IN1 OUT Difference

Value2 IN2

257
SUB

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
SUB Value2
ST Difference

Representation Representation:
in ST Difference := SUB (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Minuend
UDINT, REAL
Value2 INT, DINT, UINT, Subtrahend
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Difference INT, DINT, UINT, Difference
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range at the output has been exceeded (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

258
 SUB_TIME: Subtraction

83
Description

Function The function subtracts the value at the TimeValue2 input from the value at the
description TimeValue1 input and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input values and the output be TIME.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Difference = TimeValue1 - TimeValue2

Representation Representation:
in FBD
SUB_TIME
TimeValue1 IN1 OUT Difference
TimeValue2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
SUB_TIME

EN ENO

TimeValue1 IN1 OUT Difference

TimeValue2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD TimeValue1
SUB TimeValue2
ST Difference

259
SUB_TIME

Representation Representation:
in ST Difference := SUB (TimeValue1, TimeValue2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
TimeValue1 TIME Minuend
TimeValue2 TIME Subtrahend

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Difference TIME Difference

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range at the output has been exceeded

260
 SQRT_*** : Square root

84
Description

Function The SQRT_*** function extracts the square root from a variable. This function can be
description called using its generic name or one of the function names described below.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l SQRT_INT,
l SQRT_DINT,
l SQRT_REAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in FBD
SQRT_REAL
Value1 IN OUT Sqrt_Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in LD
SQRT_REAL
EN ENO

Value1 IN OUT Sqrt_Value1

261
SQRT_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in IL LD Value1
SQRT_REAL
ST Sqrt_Value1

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in ST Sqrt_Value1 := SQRT_REAL(Value1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Value1 INT, DINT, REAL. Variable whose square root you want to extract.
0 ≤ Value1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Sqrt_Value1 INT, DINT, REAL. Sqrt_Value1 contains the square root of Value1.
Sqrt_Value1 is of the same type as Value1.
When the type is INT, Sqrt_Value1 is rounded down
to the lower value, for Value1 = 15, Sqrt_Value1 =
3.

Runtime errors When Value1 is of REAL type and negative, the result of the function contains -
1.#NAN and bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) = 1.
When Value1 is of INT or DINT type and negative, the result of the function
contains the negative value Value1 and bit %S18 (See Description of system bits
%S15 to %S21, p. 448) = 1.

262
 TAN: Tangent

85
Description

Function The TAN function calculates the tangent of an angle.

description The function call can also be carried out by TAN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Tan_Value = Tan ( Angle )

Representation Representation:
in FBD
TAN_REAL
Angle IN OUT Tan_Value

Representation Representation:
in LD
TAN_REAL
EN ENO

Angle IN OUT Tan_Value

263
TAN

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Angle
TAN_REAL
ST Tan_Value

Representation Representation:
in ST Tan_Value:= TAN_REAL(Angle);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians.
-2 63 ≤Angle ≤ +2 63

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Tan_Value REAL Tangent of Angle
-1.#INF < Tan_Value < +1.#INF

Runtime errors When the absolute value of Angle is greater than 2 63 , the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
indicates the type of fault.

264
 Statistical

VIII
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Statistical group.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
86 AVE: Averaging 267
87 LIMIT: Limit 271
88 LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator 275
89 MAX: Maximum value function 279
90 MIN: Minimum value function 281
91 MUX: Multiplexer 283
92 SEL: Binary selection 287

265
Statistical

266
 AVE: Averaging

86
Description

Function The procedure calculates the average of weighted input values and gives the result
description at the output.
Two successive inputs (K_Xn) represent one pair of values. The first K_Xn input
corresponds to K1, the next to X1, the one after that to K2, etc.
The number of K_Xn inputs can be increased to 32 by vertically modifying the size
of the block frame. This corresponds to a maximum of 16 value pairs.
The number of inputs must be even.
The data types of all input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

Σ ( Ki × Xi )
Y = ---------------------------
Σ ( Ki )

Representation Representation:
in FBD AVE

FactorFirstValue K_X1 Y Result

FirstValue K_X2
FactorSecondValue K_X3
SecondValue K_X4

267
AVE

Representation Representation:
in LD
AVE

EN ENO

FactorFirstValue K_X1 Y Result

FirstValue K_X2

FactorSecondValue K_X3

SecondValue K_X4

Representation Representation:
in IL LD FactorFirstValue
AVE FirstValue, FactorSecondValue, SecondValue
ST Result

Representation Representation:
in ST Result := AVE (FactorFirstValue, FirstValue,
FactorSecondValue, SecondValue) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
FactorFirs INT, DINT, UINT, Factor (K1) for first value
tValue UDINT, REAL
FirstValue INT, DINT, UINT, First value (X1)
UDINT, REAL
FactorSeco INT, DINT, UINT, Factor (K2) for second value
ndValue UDINT, REAL
FactorSeco INT, DINT, UINT, Second value (X2)
ndValue UDINT, REAL
:
FactorHalf INT, DINT, UINT, n
nValue UDINT, REAL
---
Factor for value 2 of (K_X(n-1))
HalfnValue INT, DINT, UINT, n
UDINT, REAL
---
Value 2 of (K_X(n)
n = max 32

268
 AVE

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Result INT, DINT, UINT, Average value
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range of the output is exceeded (all available data types)
or
l an invalid division by 0 is executed (all available data types)
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type
REAL. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description of
system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

Note: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Statistical, p. 443.

269
AVE

270
 LIMIT: Limit

87
Description

Function This function transfers the unchanged input value (Input) to the output if the input
description value is not less than the minimum value (LowerLimit) and does not exceed the
maximum value (UpperLimit). If the input value (Input) is less than the minimum
value (LowerLimit), the minimum value will be transferred to the output. If the
input value (Input) exceeds the maximum value (UpperLimit), the maximum
value will be transferred to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = IN, if (IN ≥ MN) & (IN ≤ MX)

OUT = MN, if (IN < MN)

OUT = MX, if (IN > MX)

Representation Representation:
in FBD LIMIT
LowerLimit MN OUT Output
Input IN
UpperLimit MX

271
LIMIT

Representation Representation:
in LD
LIMIT

EN ENO

LowerLimit MN OUT Output

Input IN

UpperLimit MX

Representation Representation:
in IL LD UpperLimit
LIMIT Input, LowerLimit
ST Output

Representation Representation:
in ST Output := LIMIT (UpperLimit, Input, LowerLimit) ;

272
 LIMIT

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
LowerLimit BOOL, BYTE, WORD, lower limit
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Input BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
UpperLimit BOOL, BYTE, WORD, upper limit
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Output BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Runtime error If there is an unauthorized floating point number at the input, an error message is
returned.

273
LIMIT

274
 LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator

88
Description

Function This procedure transfers the unchanged input value (Input) to the (Output), if the
description input value is not less than the minimum value (LimitMinimum) and does not
exceed the maximum value (LimitMaximum). If the input value (Input) is less
than the minimum value (LimitMinimum), the minimum value will be transferred to
the output. If the input value (Input) exceeds the maximum value
(LimitMaximum), the maximum value will be transferred to the output.
Additionally, a indication is given if the minimum or maximum value is violated. If the
value at the (Input) input is less than the value at the (LimitMinimum) input, the
(MinimumViolation) output becomes "1". If the value at the (Input) input is more
than the value at the (LimitMaximum) input, the (MaximumViolation) output
becomes "1".
The data types of the (LimitMinimum, Input, LimitMaximum) input values and
the (Output) output value must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = IN, if (IN ≤ MX) & IN ≥ MN
OUT = MN, if (IN < MN)
OUT = MX, if (IN > MX)

MN_IND = 0, if IN ≥ MN
MN_IND = 1, if IN < MN

MX_IND = 0, if IN ≤ MX
MX_IND = 1, if IN > MX

275
LIMIT_IND

Representation Representation:
in FBD
LIMIT_IND
LimitMinimum MN MN_IND MinimumViolation
Input IN OUT Output
LimitMaximum MX MX_IND MaximumViolation

Representation Representation:
in LD
LIMIT_IND

EN ENO
MinimumViolation
LimitMinimum MN MN_IND

Input IN OUT Output

MaximumViolation
LimitMaximum MX MX_IND

Representation Representation:
in IL LD LimitMinimum
LIMIT_IND Input, LimitMaximum, MinimumViolation,
Output, MaximumViolation

Representation Representation:
in ST LIMIT_IND (LimitMinimum, Input, LimitMaximum,
MinimumViolation, Output, MaximumViolation);

276
 LIMIT_IND

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
LimitMinim BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Limit of minimum value
um DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Input BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
LimitMaxim BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Limit of maximum value
um DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
MinimumVio BOOL Display of minimum value violation
lation
Output BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
MaximumVio BOOL Display of maximum value violation
lation

277
LIMIT_IND

278
 MAX: Maximum value function

89
Description

Function The function assigns the largest input value to the output.
description The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = MAX {IN1, IN2, .., INn}

Representation Representation:
in FBD
MAX
Value1 IN1 OUT Maximum
Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
MAX

EN ENO
Maximum
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
MAX Value2
ST Maximum

279
MAX

Representation Representation:
in ST Maximum := MAX (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT, n = max 32
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Maximum BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Maximum value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451 ).

Note: For a list of all the block error messages and values, see Common Floating
Point Errors, p. 444.

280
 MIN: Minimum value function

90
Description

Function The function assigns the smallest input value to the output.
description The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula OUT = MIN {IN1, IN2, .., INn}

Representation Representation:
in FBD
MIN
Value1 IN1 OUT Minimum
Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
MIN

EN ENO
Minimum
Value1 IN1 OUT

Value2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Value1
MIN Value2
ST Minimum

281
MIN

Representation Representation:
in ST Minimum := MIN (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT, n = max 32
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Minimum BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Minimum value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Runtime error If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data
type REAL, the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21,
p. 448) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (See Description of system
words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451 ).

Note: For a list of all the block error messages and values, see Common Floating
Point Errors, p. 444.

282
 MUX: Multiplexer

91
Description

Function This function transfers the respective input to the output depending on the value at
description the K input.
The number of inputs can be increased.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Example K = 0: Input IN0 is transferred to the output

K = 1: Input IN1 is transferred to the output
K = 5: Input IN5 is transferred to the output
K= n: Input INn is transferred to the output

Data types The data types at the inputs Input0 to Inputn and at the output must be identical.

Representation Representation:
in FBD MUX
Selection K OUT Output

Input0 IN0
Input1 IN1

283
MUX

Representation Representation:
in LD
MUX

EN ENO

Selection K OUT Output

Input0 IN0

Input1 IN1

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Selection
MUX Input0, Input1
ST Output

Representation Representation:
in ST Output := MUX (Selection, Input0, Input1) ;

284
 MUX

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
K INT, DINT, UINT, Selection input
UDINT K = 0...30
IN0 ANY 1. Input
IN1 ANY 2. Input
IN2 ANY 3. Input
INn ANY n+1. input, n = max. 30

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
OUT ANY Output

Runtime error An error message is returned if the value range of the Kinput (selector) is exceeded.

Note: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Statistical, p. 443.

285
MUX

286
 SEL: Binary selection

92
Description

Function The function is used for binary selection between two input values.
description Depending on the state of the Selection input, either the Input0 input or Input1
input is transferred to the Output output.
Selection = 0 -> Output = Input0
Selection = 1 -> Output = Input1
The data types of the Input0 and Input1 input values and the Output output
values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD SEL
Selection G OUT Output
Input0 IN0
Input1 IN1

Representation Representation:
in LD
SEL

EN ENO
Selection
G OUT Output

Input0 IN0

Input1 IN1

287
SEL

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Selection
SEL Input0, Input1
ST Output

Representation Representation:
in ST Output := SEL (Selection, Input0, Input1) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
Selection BOOL Selection input
Input0 ANY Input 0
Input1 ANY Input 1

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Output ANY Output

288
 Strings

IX
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Strings family.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
93 CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of two character strings 291
94 DELETE_INT: Deletion of a sub-string of characters 293
95 EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two character strings 295
96 FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of characters 297
97 INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-string of characters 299
98 LEFT_INT: Extraction of characters to the left 303
99 LEN_INT: Length of character string 305
100 MID_INT: Extraction of a sub-string of characters 307
101 REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a sub-string of characters 309
102 RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a character string to the right 313

289
Strings

290
 CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of
two character strings
93
Description

Function The CONCAT_STR function concatenates two character strings.

description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
CONCAT_STR
String1 IN1 OUT Result_String
String2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
CONCAT_STR
EN ENO

String1 IN1 OUT Result_String

String2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
CONCAT_STR String2
ST Result_String

291
CONCAT_STR

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= CONCAT_STR(String1, String2);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING First character string to concatenate.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO"

String2 STRING Second character string to concatenate.

Example: String2 contains "RUN"

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING Resulting string is equal to the content of the two strings
String1 and String2.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘SWITCH
TO RUN’

Runtime errors If the string Result_String is too short to contain the result, the system bit %S15
(See Description of system bits %S9 to %S13, p. 447) changes to 1 and the result
is truncated. Otherwise, the string Result_String is completed by the characters
NUL (16#00).

292
 DELETE_INT: Deletion of a
sub-string of characters
94
Description

Function The DELETE_INT function removes a certain number of characters starting from a
description certain rank. The result is a character string.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DELETE_INT
String1 IN OUT Result_String
Length_Str N
Position P

Representation Representation:
in LD
DELETE_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN OUT Result_String

Length_Str N

Position P

293
DELETE_INT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
DELETE_INT Length_Str, Position
ST Result_String

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= DELETE_INT(String1, Length_Str, Position);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING Original character string from which we wish to delete
certain elements.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

Length_Str INT Length of string to be deleted.

Example: Length_Str =10

Position INT Rank of first character of the string to be deleted.

Example: Position =1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING Resulting string equal to content of String1 from
which have been removed Length_Str characters
starting from the rank Position.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘STOP’
(10 characters are deleted starting from position 1).

294
 EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two
character strings
95
Description

Function The EQUAL_STR function compares two character strings.

description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
EQUAL_STR
String1 IN1 OUT Position
String2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
EQUAL_STR
EN ENO

String1 IN1 OUT Position

String2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
EQUAL_STR String2
ST Position

Representation Representation:
in ST Position:= EQUAL_STR(String1, String2);

295
EQUAL_STR

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING First character string to compare.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

String2 STRING Second character string to compare.

Example: String2 contains "SWITCH TO RUN"

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Position INT Position of first character that differs between the two
strings String1 and String2.
When the two strings are identical,
Position = -1.

Example: with the values indicated in the example in

the previous table, Position = 11

Note: upper case characters are treated as different to

lower case characters.

296
 FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of
characters
96
Description

Function The FIND_INT function searches for the occurrence of a character string in another
description string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
FIND_INT
String1 IN1 OUT Position
String2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in LD
FIND_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN1 OUT Position

String2 IN2

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
FIND_INT String2
ST Position

297
FIND_INT

Representation Representation:
in ST Position:= FIND_INT(String1, String2);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING Character string in which the search is carried out.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

String2 STRING Character string containing the text to find

Example: String2 contains ‘STOP’

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Position INT If String2 is contained in String1, Position
contains the rank of the first character of String2
found in String1.
When String2 is not contained in String1,
Position = -1.

Example: with the values indicated in the example in

the previous table, Position = 11

298
 INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-
string of characters
97
Description

Function The INSERT_INT function inserts a character string into another character string
description starting from a given rank. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
INSERT_INT
String1 IN1 OUT Result_String
String2 IN2
Position P

Representation Representation:
in LD
INSERT_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN1 OUT Result_String

String2 IN2

Position P

299
INSERT_INT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
INSERT_INT String2, Position
ST Result_String

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= DELETE_INT(String1, Length_Str, Position);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING Original character string to which another character
string is added starting from a certain position.

Example: String1 contains ‘START CYCLE’

String2 STRING Character string to be inserted in String1.

Example: String2 contains ‘ AUTO’

Position INT Rank of character after which String2 is inserted.

Example: Position =5

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING The string String2 has been inserted in the string
String1 after the position Position to form
Result_String.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘START
AUTO CYCLE’.

Note: it is impossible to make an insertion at the start of

a string with this function (use the CONCAT_STR (See
Function description, p. 291) function).

300
 INSERT_INT

Runtime errors The bit %S15 (See Description of system bits %S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1 in
the following cases:
l Position ≤ 0, Result_String then contains the end of string characters
(16#00).
l The maximum size of the string Result_String is too small to insert String2.
Result_String is truncated.

301
INSERT_INT

302
 LEFT_INT: Extraction of
characters to the left
98
Description

Function The LEFT_INT function extracts a certain number of characters situated to the
description leftmost of a string. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
LEFT_INT
String1 IN OUT Result_String
Length_Str N

Representation Representation:
in LD
LEFT_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN OUT Result_String

Length_Str N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
LEFT_INT Length_Str
ST Result_String

303
LEFT_INT

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= LEFT_INT(String1, Length_Str);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING String of characters from which we wish to extract the
Length_Str leftmost characters.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

Length_Str INT Number of characters to be extracted.

Example: Length_Str =10.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING String containing the Length_Str leftmost characters
of String1.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘SWITCH
TO’ (9 leftmost characters of String1).

Runtime errors The bit %S15 (See Description of system bits %S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1 in
the following cases:
l Length_Str ≤ 0, Result_String then contains the end of string characters
(16#00).
l The maximum size of the string Result_String is less than Length_Str,
Result_String is truncated.

304
 LEN_INT: Length of character
string
99
Description

Function The LEN_INT function calculates the number of characters of a character string.
description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
LEN_INT
String1 IN OUT Length_Str

Representation Representation:
in LD
LEN_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN OUT Length_Str

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
LEN_INT
ST Length_Str

Representation Representation:
in ST Length_Str:= LEN_INT(String1);

305
LEN_INT

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING String of characters for which the length is to be
determined.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Length_Str INT Length_Str contains the length of the character string
String1.

Example: with the values indicated in the example in

the previous table, Length_Str = 14

306
 MID_INT: Extraction of a
sub-string of characters
100
Description

Function The MID_INT function extracts a sub-string of characters starting from a certain
description rank. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
MID_INT
String1 IN OUT Result_String
Length_Str N
Position P

Representation Representation:
in LD
MID_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN OUT Result_String

Length_Str N

Position P

307
MID_INT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
MID_INT Length_Str, Position
ST Result_String

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= MID_INT(String1, Length_Str, Position);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING Original string containing the sub-string to be extracted.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

Length_Str INT Length of the sub-string to be extracted.

Example: Length_Str =4
Position INT Rank of first character of the sub-string to be extracted.

Example: Position =11

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING Sub-string of String1 starting from rank Position
over a length of Length_Str.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘STOP’.

308
 REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a
sub-string of characters
101
Description

Function The REPLACE_INT function replaces a character string in another character string
description starting from a certain rank and for a certain length. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
REPLACE_INT
String1 IN1 OUT Result_String
String2 IN2
Length_Str N
Position P

Representation Representation:
in LD
REPLACE_INT

EN ENO

String1 IN1 OUT Result_String

String2 IN2

Length_Str N

Position P

309
REPLACE_INT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
REPLACE_INT String2, Length_Str, Position
ST Result_String

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= REPLACE_INT(String1, String2, Length_Str,
Position);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING Original string of characters into which is inserted a sub-
string of characters starting from Position over a
length of Length_Str.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO RUN"

Note: the length Length_Str is the length of the text to

be replaced and not the length of the string String2 .
As it happens, the replacement string can be of a
different length to the string that is replaced.
String2 STRING Character string to be inserted in String1 to replace
the existing characters.

Example: String2 contains ‘STOP’

Length_Str INT Number of characters to be replaced in String1 by
String2

Example: Length_Str =3
Position INT Rank of first character of the sub-string to be replaced

Example: Position =11

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING The string string2 has replaced the Length_Str
characters starting from the rank Position in the
string String1 to form Result_String.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘SWITCH
TO STOP’.

310
 REPLACE_INT

Runtime errors The bit %S15 (See Description of system bits %S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1 in
the following cases:
l Position ≤ 0, Result_String then contains the end of string characters
(16#00).
l The maximum size of the string Result_String is too small to insert String2.
Result_String is truncated.
l Position is greater than or equal to the length of String1. Result_String
is composed of the characters NUL (16#00).

311
REPLACE_INT

312
 RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a
character string to the right
102
Description

Function The RIGHT_INT function extracts a certain number of characters situated to the
description rightmost of a string. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
RIGHT_INT
String1 IN OUT Result_String
Length_Str N

Representation Representation:
in LD
RIGHT_INT
EN ENO

String1 IN OUT Result_String

Length_Str N

Representation Representation:
in IL LD String1
RIGHT_INT Length_Str
ST Result_String

313
RIGHT_INT

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_String:= RIGHT_INT(String1, Length_Str);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String1 STRING String of characters from which we wish to extract the
Length_Str rightmost characters.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

Length_Str INT Number of characters to be extracted.

Example: Length_Str =4

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_String STRING String containing the Length_Str rightmost
characters of String1.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘STOP’ (4
rightmost characters of String1).

Runtime errors The bit %S15 (See Description of system bits %S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1 in
the following cases:
l Length_Str ≤ 0, Result_String then contains the end of string characters
(16#00).
l The maximum size of the string Result_String is less than Length_Str.
Result_String is truncated.

314
 Timer & Counter

X
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Timer & Counter family.

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
103 CTD, CTD_***: Down counter 317
104 CTU, CTU_***: Up counter 321
105 CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down counter 325
106 TOF: Off delay 329
107 TON: On delay 331
108 TP: Pulse 333

315
Timer & Counter

316
 CTD, CTD_***: Down counter

103
Description

Function The function blocks are used for downwards counting.

description A "1" signal at the LD input causes the value of the PV input to be allocated to the
CV output. With each transition from "0" to "1" at the CD input, the value of CV is
reduced by 1.
When CV ≤ is 0, the Q output becomes "1".

Note: The counter only works to the minimum values of the data type being used.
No overflow occurs.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available There are two different specifications of the function block:

functions l CTD
This function block specification is defined in IEC 61131-3 and only works with
the INT data type.
l CTD_***
This function block specification is an expansion that conforms to IEC 61131-3 to
cover other data types. The following blocks are available:
l CTD_INT
l CTD_DINT
l CTD_UINT
l CTD_UDINT

317
CTD, CTD_***

Representation Representation:
in FBD CTD_Instance
CTD
Trigger CD Q Output
Load LD
PresetValue PV CV CountValue

Representation Representation:
in LD CTD_Instance
CTD

EN ENO
Trigger Output
CD Q
Load
LD

PresetValue PV CV CountValue

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL CTD_Instance (CD:=Trigger, LD:=Load,
PV:=PresetValue, Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue)

Representation Representation:
in ST CTD_Instance (CD:=Trigger, LD:=Load, PV:=PresetValue,
Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue) ;

318
 CTD, CTD_***

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
CD BOOL Trigger input
LD BOOL Load data
PV When CTD: INT Preset value
When CTD_***: INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output
CV When CTD: INT Count value (actual value)
When CTD_***: INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT

319
CTD, CTD_***

320
 CTU, CTU_***: Up counter

104
Description

Function The function blocks are used for upwards counting.

description A "1" signal at the R input causes the value "0" to be assigned to the CV output. With
each transition from "0" to "1" at the CU input, the value of CV is incremented by 1.
When CV ≥ PV, the Q output is set to "1".

Note: The counter only works to the maximum values of the data type being used.
No overflow occurs.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available There are two different specifications of the function block:

functions l CTU
This function block specification is defined in IEC 61131-3 and only works with
the INT data type.
l CTU_***
This function block specification is an expansion that conforms to IEC 61131-3 to
cover other data types. The following blocks are available
l CTU_INT
l CTU_DINT
l CTU_UINT
l CTU_UDINT

321
CTU, CTU_***

Representation Representation:
in FBD CTU_Instance
CTU
Trigger CU Q Output
Reset R
PresetValue PV CV CountValue

Representation Representation:
in LD CTU_Instance
CTU

EN ENO
Trigger Output
CU Q
Reset
R

PresetValue PV CV CountValue

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL CTU_Instance (CU:=Trigger, R:=Reset,
PV:=PresetValue, Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue)

Representation Representation:
in ST CTU_Instance (CU:=Trigger, R:=Reset, PV:=PresetValue,
Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue) ;

322
 CTU, CTU_***

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
CU BOOL Trigger input
R BOOL Reset
PV When CTU: INT Preset value
When CTU_***: INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output
CV When CTU: INT Count value (actual value)
When CTU_***: INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT

323
CTU, CTU_***

324
 CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down
counter
105
Description

Function The function blocks are used for upwards and downwards counting.
description A "1" signal at the R input causes the value "0" to be assigned to the CV output. A
"1" signal at the LD input causes the value of the PV input to be allocated to the CV
output. With each transition from "0" to "1" at the CU input, the value of CV is
incremented by 1. With each transition from "0" to "1" at the CD input, the value of
CV is reduced by 1.
If there is a simultaneous "1" signal at inputs R and LD, input R has precedence.
When CV ≥ PV, output QU is "1".
Bei CV ≤ is 0, the QD output becomes "1".

Note: The down counter only works to the minimum values of the data type being
used, and the up counter only to the maximum values of the data type being used.
No overflow occurs.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available There are two different specifications of the function block:

functions l CTUD
This function block specification is defined in IEC 61131-3 and only works with
the INT data type.
l CTUD_***
This function block specification is an expansion that conforms to IEC 61131-3 to
cover other data types. The following blocks are available
l CTUD_INT
l CTUD_DINT
l CTUD_UINT
l CTUD_UDINT

325
CTUD, CTUD_***

Representation Representation:
in FBD CTUD_Instance
CTUD
UpTrigger CU QU UpDisplay
DownTrigger CD QD DownDisplay
Reset R
Load LD
PresetValue PV CV CountValue

Representation Representation:
in LD CTUD_Instance
CTUD

EN ENO
UpTrigger UpDisplay
CU QU
DownTrigger DownDisplay
CD QD
Reset
R
Load
LD

PresetValue PV CV CountValue

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL CTUD_Instance (CU:=UpTrigger, CD:=DownTrigger,
R:=Reset, LD:=Load, PV:=PresetValue, QU=>UpDisplay,
QD=>DownDisplay, CV=>CountValue)

Representation Representation:
in ST CTUD_Instance (CU:=UpTrigger, CD:=DownTrigger,
R:=Reset, LD:=Load, PV:=PresetValue, QU=>UpDisplay,
QD=>DownDisplay, CV=>CountValue) ;

326
 CTUD, CTUD_***

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
CU BOOL Up counter trigger input
CD BOOL Down counter trigger input
R BOOL Reset
LD BOOL Load data
PV When CTUD: INT, Preset value
When CTUD_***:
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
QU BOOL Up display
QD BOOL Down display
CV When CTUD: INT Count value (actual value)
When CTUD_***:
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT

327
CTUD, CTUD_***

328
 TOF: Off delay

106
Description

Function The function block is used as the Off delay.

description When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of ET is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD TOF_Instance
TOF
StartDelay IN Q Output
PresetDelayTime PT ET InternalTime

Representation Representation:
in LD TOF_Instance
TOF

EN ENO
StartDelay Output
IN Q

PresetDelayTime PT ET InternalTime

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL TOF_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime)

329
TOF

Representation Representation:
in ST TOF_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
IN BOOL Start delay
PT TIME Preset delay time

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output
ET TIME Internal time

Timing diagram Representation of the OFF delay TOF:

IN
(1)

Q
(3) (4) (2) (5) (3)
PT
ET (2) (2)

(1) If IN becomes "1", Q becomes "1".

(2) If IN becomes "0", the internal time (ET) is started.
(3) If the internal time reaches the value of PT, Q becomes "0".
(4) If IN becomes "1", Q becomes "1", and the internal time is stopped/reset.
(5) If IN becomes "1" before the internal time has reached the value of PT, the internal time is
stopped/reset without Q being set back to "0".

330
 TON: On delay

107
Description

Function The function block is used as the On delay.

description When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of ET is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD TON_Instance
TON
StartDelay IN Q Output
PresetDelayTime PT ET InternalTime

Representation Representation:
in LD TON_Instance
TON

EN ENO
StartDelay Output
IN Q

PresetDelayTime PT ET InternalTime

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL TON_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime)

331
TON

Representation Representation:
in ST TON_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
IN BOOL Start delay
PT TIME Preset delay time

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output
ET TIME Internal time

Timing diagram Representation of the ON delay TON:

IN

Q
(2) (3) (1) (4)
PT
ET (1)

(1) If IN becomes "1", the internal time (ET) starts.

(2) If the internal time reaches the value of PT, Q becomes "1".
(3) If IN becomes "0", Q becomes "0" and the internal time is stopped/reset.
(4) If IN becomes "0" before the internal time has reached the value of PT, the internal time
stops/resets without Q going to "1".

332
 TP: Pulse

108
Description

Function The function block is used for the generation of a pulse with defined duration.
description When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of ET is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD TP_Instance
TP
TriggerPulse IN Q Output
PulseDuration PT ET InternalTime

Representation Representation:
in LD TP_Instance
TP

EN ENO
TriggerPulse Output
IN Q

PulseDuration PT ET InternalTime

Representation Representation:
in IL CAL TP_Instance (IN:=TriggerPulse, PT:=PulseDuration,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime)

333
TP

Representation Representation:
in ST TP_Instance (IN:=TriggerPulse, PT:=PulseDuration,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
IN BOOL Trigger pulse
PT TIME Preset pulse duration

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Q BOOL Output
ET TIME Internal time

Timing diagram Representation of the TP pulse:

IN
(1) (1) (4)

Q
(2) (3) (5)
PT
ET

(1) If IN becomes "1", Q becomes "1" and the internal time (ET) starts.
(2) If the internal time reaches the value of PT, Q becomes "0" (independent of IN).
(3) The internal time stops/is reset if IN becomes "0".
(4) If the internal time has not reached the value of PT yet, the internal time is not affected by
a clock at IN.
(5) If the internal time has reached the value of PT and IN is "0", the internal time stops/is reset
and Q becomes "0".

334
 Type to type

XI
Introduction

Overview This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of
the Type to type family.

335
Type to type

What's in this This part contains the following chapters:

Part?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
109 BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a BCD integer into pure binary 339
110 BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion 341
111 BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion 345
112 BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion 347
113 BYTE_AS_WORD: Type conversion 349
114 BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion 351
115 BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion 355
116 DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DATE format 359
into a character string
117 DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a double BCD integer into binary 361
118 DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of degrees to radians 363
119 DINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion 365
120 DINT_TO_***: Type conversion 367
121 DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a double binary coded integer 371
into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer
122 DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DT format into a 373
character string
123 DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion 375
124 GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an integer in Gray code into a 377
binary coded integer
125 INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of two integers to form a double 379
integer
126 INT_TO_***: Type conversion 381
127 INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a 385
Binary Coded Decimal integer
128 INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a 387
double Binary Coded Decimal integer
129 RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of radians to degrees 389
130 REAL_AS_WORD: Type conversion 391
131 REAL_TO_***: Type conversion 393
132 REAL_TRUNC_***: Type conversion 397
133 STRING_TO_*** : Conversion of a character string to a 399
number of the INT, DINT or REAL type
134 TYPE_AS_WORD: Type conversion 401
135 TIME_TO_***: Type conversion 403

336
 Type to type

Chapter Chapter Name Page

136 TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TIME format 405
into a character string
137 TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TOD format 407
into a character string
138 UDINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion 409
139 UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion 411
140 UINT_TO_***: Type conversion 415
141 WORD_AS_BYTE: Type conversion 419
142 WORD_AS_DINT: Type conversion 421
143 WORD_AS_REAL: Type conversion 423
144 WORD_AS_TIME: Type conversion 425
145 WORD_AS_UDINT: Type conversion 427
146 WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion 429
147 WORD_TO_***: Type conversion 433
148 ***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable into a character 437
string

337
Type to type

338
 BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a
BCD integer into pure binary
109
Description

Function The BCD_TO_INT function converts an integer in Binary Coded Decimal (BCD)
description format into a binary coded integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
BCD_TO_INT
BCD_Int IN OUT Result_Int

Representation Representation:
in LD
BCD_TO_INT
EN ENO

BCD_Int IN OUT Result_Int

Representation Representation:
in IL LD BCD_Int
BCD_TO_INT
ST Result_Int

339
BCD_TO_INT

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_Int:= BCD_TO_INT(BCD_Int);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
BCD_Int INT Integer in BCD format.

Example: BCD_Int = 16#99

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Int INT Result_Int is a binary coded integer.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, Result_Int = 99

Runtime errors The bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
when the value to be converted is not a value coded in BCD. The result of the
function then returns the value of the input parameter.

340
 BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion

110
Description

Function The function converts 8 input values of the data type BOOL to an output of the BYTE
description data type.
The input values are assigned to the individual bits of the byte at the output
according to the input names.

BIT0 (20)
BIT1 (21)
BYTE
7 6
2 2 21 20

BIT6 (26)
BIT7 (27)

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = { BIT7 ,BIT6 ,… ,BIT0 }

341
BIT_TO_BYTE:

Representation Representation:
in FBD
BIT_TO_BYTE
InputBit0 BIT0 OUT OutputByte
InputBit1 BIT1
InputBit2 BIT2
InputBit3 BIT3
InputBit4 BIT4
InputBit5 BIT5
InputBit6 BIT6
InputBit7 BIT7

Representation Representation:
in LD
BIT_TO_BYTE

EN ENO
InputBit0
BIT0 OUT OutputByte
InputBit1
BIT1
InputBit2
BIT2
InputBit3
BIT3
InputBit4
BIT4
InputBit5
BIT5
InputBit6
BIT6
InputBit7
BIT7

Representation Representation:
in IL LD InputBit0
BIT_TO_BYTE InputBit1, InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4,
InputBit5, InputBit6, InputBit7
ST OutputByte

342
 BIT_TO_BYTE:

Representation Representation:
in ST OutputByte := BIT_TO_BYTE (InputBit0, InputBit1,
InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4, InputBit5, InputBit6,
InputBit7) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
InputBit0 BOOL Input bit 0
InputBit1 BOOL Input bit 1
: : :
InputBit7 BOOL Input bit 7

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
OutputByte BYTE Output value

343
BIT_TO_BYTE:

344
 BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion

111
Description

Function The function converts 16 input values of the BOOL data type to an output value of
description the WORD data type.
The input values are assigned to the individual bits of the word at the output
according to the input names.
BIT0 (20)
BIT1 (21)
WORD
15 14
2 2 21 20

BIT14 (214)
BIT15 (215)

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = { BIT15 ,BIT14 ,… ,BIT0 }

Representation Representation:
in FBD
BIT_TO_WORD
InputBit0 BIT0 OUT WORD_Output
: :
InputBit15 BIT15

345
BIT_TO_WORD

Representation Representation:
in LD
BIT_TO_WORD

EN ENO
InputBit0
BIT0 OUT WORD_Output

: :
InputBit15
BIT15

Representation Representation:
in IL LD InputBit0
BIT_TO_WORD InputBit1, InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4,
InputBit5, InputBit6, InputBit7,InputBit8,
InputBit9, InputBit10, InputBit11, InputBit12,
InputBit13, InputBit14, InputBit15
ST WORD_Output

Representation Representation:
in ST WORD_Output := BIT_TO_WORD (InputBit0, InputBit1,
InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4, InputBit5,
InputBit6, InputBit7, InputBit8, InputBit9,
InputBit10, InputBit11, InputBit12, InputBit13,
InputBit14, InputBit15) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
InputBit0 BOOL Input bit 0
: : :
InputBit15 BOOL Input bit 15

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_ WORD Output value
Output

346
 BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion

112
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the BOOL data type to a BYTE, WORD, DWORD,
description INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.
The input value is written in the lowest bit of the output. All other output bits are set
to zero.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for BOOL_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available List of available functions:

functions l BOOL_TO_BYTE
l BOOL_TO_WORD
l BOOL_TO_DWORD
l BOOL_TO_INT
l BOOL_TO_DINT
l BOOL_TO_UINT
l BOOL_TO_UDINT
l BOOL_TO_REAL
l BOOL_TO_TIME

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD BOOL_TO_INT

BOOL_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

347
BOOL_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
BOOL_TO_INT

EN ENO
BOOL_variable
IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD BOOL_variable
BOOL_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := BOOL_TO_INT (BOOL_variable) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
BOOL_varia BOOL Input value
ble

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedV BYTE, WORD, DWORD, Output value
ariable INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

348
 BYTE_AS_WORD: Type
conversion
113
Description

Function The function converts 2 input values of the BYTE data type to an output value of the
description WORD data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input
names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = {HIGH, LOW}

Representation Representation:
in FBD BYTE_AS_WORD
BYTE_variable1 LOW OUT WORD_Output
BYTE_variable2 HIGH

Representation Representation:
in LD
BYTE_AS_WORD

EN ENO

BYTE_variable1 LOW OUT WORD_Output

BYTE_variable2 HIGH

349
BYTE_AS_WORD

Representation Representation:
in IL LD BYTE_variable1
BYTE_AS_WORD BYTE_variable2
ST WORD_Output

Representation Representation:
in ST WORD_Output := BYTE_AS_WORD (BYTE_variable1,
BYTE_variable2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
BYTE_varia BYTE least significant byte
ble1
BYTE_varia BYTE most significant byte
ble2

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_Outpu WORD Output value
t

350
 BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion

114
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the BYTE data type to 8 output values of
description the BOOL data type.
The individual bits of the byte at the input are assigned to the outputs according to
the output names.
BIT0 (20)
BIT1 (21)
BYTE

27 26 21 20

BIT14 (26)
BIT15 (27)

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
BYTE_TO_BIT
BYTE_variable IN BIT0 BOOL_variable1
BIT1 BOOL_variable2
BIT2 BOOL_variable3
BIT3 BOOL_variable4
BIT4 BOOL_variable5
BIT5 BOOL_variable6
BIT6 BOOL_variable7
BIT7 BOOL_variable8

351
BYTE_TO_BIT

Representation Representation:
in LD
BYTE_TO_BIT

EN ENO
BOOL_variable1
BYTE_variable IN BIT0
BOOL_variable2
BIT1
BOOL_variable3
BIT2
BOOL_variable4
BIT3
BOOL_variable5
BIT4
BOOL_variable6
BIT5
BOOL_variable7
BIT6
BOOL_variable8
BIT7

Representation Representation:
in IL LD BYTE_variable
BYTE_TO_BIT BOOL_variable1, BOOL_variable2, BOOL_variable3,
BOOL_variable4, BOOL_variable5, BOOL_variable6,
BOOL_variable7, BOOL_variable8

Representation Representation:
in ST BYTE_TO_BIT (BYTE_variable, BOOL_variable1, BOOL_variable2,
BOOL_variable3, BOOL_variable4, BOOL_variable5,
BOOL_variable6, BOOL_variable7, BOOL_variable8);

352
 BYTE_TO_BIT

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
BYTE_varia BYTE Input
ble

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
BOOL_varia BOOL Output bit 0
ble1
BOOL_varia BOOL Output bit 1
ble2
: : :
BOOL_varia BOOL Output bit 7
ble8

353
BYTE_TO_BIT

354
 BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion

115
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the BYTE data type to a BOOL, WORD, DWORD,
description INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.

When converting the data type BYTE to the data type WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME, the bit pattern of the input is transferred to the least
significant bits of the output. The most significant bits of the output are set to zero.

When converting the data type BYTE into the data type BOOL, the least significant
bit of the input value is transferred to the output.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

(The output ENO is not used for BYTE_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available List of available functions:

functions l BYTE_TO_BOOL
l BYTE_TO_WORD
l BYTE_TO_DWORD
l BYTE_TO_INT
l BYTE_TO_DINT
l BYTE_TO_UINT
l BYTE_TO_UDINT
l BYTE_TO_REAL
l BYTE_TO_TIME

355
BYTE_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD BYTE_TO_INT

BYTE_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
BYTE_TO_INT

EN ENO

BYTE_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD BYTE_variable
BYTE_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := BYTE_TO_INT (BYTE_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
BYTE_variable BYTE Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedVariable BOOL, WORD, DWORD, Output value
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

356
 BYTE_TO_***

Runtime error Error handling is dependent on the function:

l BYTE_TO_REAL
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is
set to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17 (See Description of system words
%SW12 to %SW18, p. 451) , if an illegal floating-point decimal is generated
during the conversion process.
l all other Functions
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448 ) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18,
p. 451) are not used.

357
BYTE_TO_***

358
 DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of
a variable in DATE format into a
character string 116
Description

Function The DATE_TO_STRING function converts a variable in DATE format into a character
description string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DATE_TO_STRING
Date1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in LD
DATE_TO_STRING
EN ENO

Date1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Date1
DATE_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_Str:= DATE_TO_STRING(Date1);

359
DATE_TO_STRING

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Date1 DATE Date to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 10 characters which
contains a date (not including hours) in the following
format: YYYY-MM-DD.

Example: ‘2000-12-27’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 10, Result_Str is completed by the end
of string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the date (length of less than 10
characters), the date is truncated and the bit %S15 (See Description of system bits
%S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1.
If Date1 in not interpretable and coherent in DATE format, the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1 and Result_Str
=’****-**-**’

360
 DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a
double BCD integer into binary
117
Description

Function The DBCD_TO_*** function converts a double integer in Binary Code Decimal
description (DBCD) format into a double binary coded integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l DBCD_TO_INT,
l DBCD_TO_DINT.

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in FBD
DBCD_TO_INT
DBCD_Value IN OUT Result_Value

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in LD
DBCD_TO_INT
EN ENO

DBCD_Value IN OUT Result_Value

361
DBCD_TO_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in IL LD DBCD_Value
DBCD_TO_INT
ST Result_Value

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in ST Result_Value:= DBCD_TO_INT(DBCD_Value);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
DBCD_Value DINT Double integer in BCD format.

Example: DBCD_Value = 16#32767

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Value INT, DINT Result_Value is an integer or double integer in binary
code.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, Result_Value = 32767

Runtime errors The bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
when:
l the value to be converted is not a value coded in BCD. The result of the function
then returns the value of the first half-byte by default.
l for the function DBCD_TO_INT, the value to be converted is greater in BCD than
32767. The result of the function is then -1.

362
 DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of
degrees to radians
118
Description

Function The DEG_TO_RAD function converts an angle expressed in degrees into radians.
description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

Angle_in_Radian = DEG_TO_RAD (Angle_in_Degree)

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DEG_TO_RAD
Angle_in_Degree IN OUT Angle_in_Radian

Representation Representation:
in LD
DEG_TO_RAD
EN ENO

Angle_in_Degree IN OUT Angle_in_Radian

363
DEG_TO_RAD

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Angle_in_Degree
DEG_TO_RAD
ST Angle_in_Radian

Representation Representation:
in ST Angle_in_Radian:= DEG_TO_RAD(Angle_in_Degree);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Angle_in_Degree REAL Angle expressed in degrees.
-737280.0 < Angle_in_Degree < +737280.0.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Angle_in_Radian REAL Value of Angle expressed in radians.
- π ≤ Angle_in_Radian ≤ +π.

Runtime errors When Angle_in_Degree is situated outside the interval ]-737280.0, +73780.0[,
the system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448)
changes to 1, the system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12
to %SW18, p. 451) indicates the type of fault and the result displayed is 1.#NAN.

364
 DINT_AS_WORD: Type
conversion
119
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the DINT data type to 2 output values of
description the WORD data type.
The individual words of the DINT input are assigned to the outputs according to the
output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DINT_AS_WORD
DINT_variable IN LOW LowWord
HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in LD
DINT_AS_WORD

EN ENO

DINT_variable IN LOW LowWord

HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in IL LD DINT_variable
DINT_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

365
DINT_AS_WORD

Representation Representation:
in ST DINT_AS_WORD (DINT_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
DINT_varia DINT Input
ble

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

366
 DINT_TO_***: Type conversion

120
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the DINT data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD,
description DWORD, INT, UINT UDINT, REAL or TIME output value.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. DINT_TO_BOOL.

When converting the data type DINT to the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT data
type, the least significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.
Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UINT, UDINT or TIME.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available List of available functions:

functions l DINT_TO_BOOL
l DINT_TO_BYTE
l DINT_TO_WORD
l DINT_TO_DWORD
l DINT_TO_INT
l DINT_TO_UINT
l DINT_TO_UDINT
l DINT_TO_REAL
l DINT_TO_TIME

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD DINT_TO_INT

DINT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

367
DINT_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
DINT_TO_INT

EN ENO

DINT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD DINT_variable
DINT_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := DINT_TO_INT (DINT_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
DINT_variable DINT, Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

368
 DINT_TO_***

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
l a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output
value.
l an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description
of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
are not used when data types are converted:
l BOOL
l BYTE
l WORD
l DWORD

369
DINT_TO_***

370
 DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a
double binary coded integer into a
double Binary Coded Decimal 121
integer

Description

Function The DINT_TO_DBCD function carries out the conversion of a double binary coded
description integer into an integer in Double Binary Coded Decimal (DBCD) format.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DINT_TO_DBCD
D_Integer_1 IN OUT DBCD_Result

Representation Representation:
in LD
DINT_TO_DBCD
EN ENO

D_Integer_1 IN OUT DBCD_Result

Representation Representation:
in IL LD D_Integer_1
DINT_TO_BCD
ST DBCD_Result

371
DINT_TO_DBCD

Representation Representation:
in ST DBCD_Result:= DINT_TO_BCD(D_Integer_1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
D_Integer_1 DINT Double binary coded integer between 0 and 99999999.

Example: D_Integer_1 = 888888

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
DBCD_Result DINT DBCD_Result is a double integer in BCD format.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, DBCD_Result = 16#00888888

Runtime errors The bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
when the value to be converted is not a value between 0 and 99999999. The result
of the function then returns the value of the input parameter.

372
 DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a
variable in DT format into a
character string 122
Description

Function The DT_TO_STRING function converts a variable in DT format into a character

description string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
DT_TO_STRING
Date1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in LD
DT_TO_STRING
EN ENO

Date1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Date1
DT_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

373
DT_TO_STRING

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_Str:= DT_TO_STRING(Date1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Date1 DT Date to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 19 characters which
contains a date (including hours) in the following format:
YYYY-MM-DD-HH:MM:SS.

Example: ‘2000-12-27-23:15:50’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 19, Result_Str is completed by the end
of string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the date (length of less than 19
characters), the date is truncated and the bit %S15 (See Description of system bits
%S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1.
If Date1 in not interpretable and coherent in format DT, the system bit %S18 (See
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1 and Result_Str
=’****-**-**-**:**:**’.

374
 DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion

123
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the DWORD data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD,
description INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. DWORD_TO_BOOL.

When converting the data type DWORD to the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT data
type, the least significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for DWORD_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available List of available functions:

functions l DWORD_TO_BOOL
l DWORD_TO_BYTE
l DWORD_TO_WORD
l DWORD_TO_INT
l DWORD_TO_DINT
l DWORD_TO_UINT
l DWORD_TO_UDINT
l DWORD_TO_REAL
l DWORD_TO_TIME

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD DWORD_TO_INT

DWORD_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

375
DWORD_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
DWORD_TO_INT

EN ENO

DWORD_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD DWORD_variable
DWORD_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := DWORD_TO_INT (DWORD_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
DWORD_variable DWORD Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

Runtime error Error handling is dependent on the function:

l DWORD_TO_REAL
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is
set to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17 (See Description of system words
%SW12 to %SW18, p. 451) , if an illegal floating-point decimal is generated
during the conversion process.
l all other Functions
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18,
p. 451) are not used.

376
 GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an
integer in Gray code into a binary
coded integer 124
Description

Function The GRAY_TO_INT function converts an integer expressed in GRAY code into a
description binary coded integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
GRAY_TO_INT
GRAY_Int IN OUT Result_Int

Representation Representation:
in LD
GRAY_TO_INT
EN ENO

GRAY_Int IN OUT Result_Int

Representation Representation:
in IL LD GRAY_Int
GRAY_TO_INT
ST Result_Int

377
GRAY_TO_INT

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_Int:= GRAY_TO_INT(GRAY_Int);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
GRAY_Int INT Integer expressed in GRAY code.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Int INT Result_Int is a binary coded integer.

378
 INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of
two integers to form a double
integer 125
Description

Function The INT_AS_DINT function concatenates two integers to form a double integer.
description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
INT_AS_DINT
Low_Word LOW OUT Double_Word
High_Word HIGH

Representation Representation:
in LD
INT_AS_DINT
EN ENO

Low_Word LOW OUT Double_Word

High_Word HIGH

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Low_Word
INT_AS_DINT High_Word
ST Double_Word

379
INT_AS_DINT

Representation Representation:
in ST Double_Word:= INT_AS_DINT(Low_Word, High_Word);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Low_Word INT Integer which must become the least significant word of
a double integer Double_Word.

Example: Low_Word contains 16#5678.

High_Word INT Integer which must become the most significant word of
a double integer Double_Word.

Example: High_Word contains 16#1234.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Double_Word DINT Double integer composed of two integers Low_Word for
the least significant and High_Word for the most
significant.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Double_Word contains 16#12345678.

380
 INT_TO_***: Type conversion

126
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the INT data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD,
description DWORD, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME output value.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. INT_TO_BOOL.

Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UINT, UDINT or TIME.
When converting an input value from the data type INT into data type WORD, the bit
pattern from the input is transferred to the output without being modified.
When converting an input value of data type INT into the data types BOOL or BYTE,
the least significant bits of the input are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available List of available functions:

functions l INT_TO_BOOL
l INT_TO_BYTE
l INT_TO_WORD
l INT_TO_DWORD
l INT_TO_DINT
l INT_TO_UINT
l INT_TO_UDINT
l INT_TO_REAL
l INT_TO_TIME

381
INT_TO_***

Representation Representation of a double integer application:

in FBD INT_TO_DINT

INT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of a double integer application:

in LD
INT_TO_DINT

EN ENO

INT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of a double integer application:

in IL LD INT_variable
INT_TO_DINT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of a double integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := INT_TO_DINT (INT_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
INT_variable INT Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, DWORD, Output value
WORD, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

382
 INT_TO_***

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
l a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output
value.
l an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description
of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
are not used when data types are converted:
l BOOL
l BYTE
l WORD
l DWORD

383
INT_TO_***

384
 INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a
binary coded integer into a Binary
Coded Decimal integer 127
Description

Function The INT_TO_BCD function carries out the conversion of a binary coded integer into
description an integer in Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) format.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
INT_TO_BCD
Integer_1 IN OUT BCD_Result

Representation Representation:
in LD
INT_TO_BCD
EN ENO

Integer_1 IN OUT BCD_Result

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Integer_1
INT_TO_BCD
ST BCD_Result

385
INT_TO_BCD

Representation Representation:
in ST BCD_Result := INT_TO_BCD(Integer_1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Integer_1 INT Binary coded integer between 0 and 9999.

Example: Integer_1 = 99

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
BCD_Result INT BCD_Result is a BCD integer.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, BCD_Result = 16#99

Runtime errors The bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
when the value to be converted is not a value between 0 and 9999. The result of the
function then returns the value of the input parameter.

386
 INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a
binary coded integer into a double
Binary Coded Decimal integer 128
Description

Function The INT_TO_DBCD function carries out the conversion of a binary coded integer into
description an integer in Double Binary Coded Decimal (DBCD) format. This function is useful
when converting numbers with BCD coding greater than 32768.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
INT_TO_DBCD
Integer_1 IN OUT DBCD_Result

Representation Representation:
in LD
INT_TO_DBCD
EN ENO

Integer_1 IN OUT DBCD_Result

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Integer_1
INT_TO_BCD
ST DBCD_Result

387
INT_TO_DBCD

Representation Representation:
in ST DBCD_Result:= INT_TO_BCD(Integer_1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Integer_1 INT Binary coded integer between 0 and 32768.

Example: Integer_1 = 30000

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
DBCD_Result DINT DBCD_Result is a double integer in BCD format.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, DBCD_Result = 16#0030000

Runtime errors The bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1
when the value to be converted is not a value between 0 and 99999999 or when the
value to be converted is negative. The result of the function then returns the value
of the input parameter.

388
 RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of
radians to degrees
129
Description

Function The RAD_TO_DEG function converts an angle expressed in radians into degrees.
description The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula The formula is as follows:

RAD_TO_DEG (Angle_in_Radian) = Angle_in_Degree

Representation Representation:
in FBD
RAD_TO_DEG
Angle_in_Radian IN OUT Angle_in_Degree

Representation Representation:
in LD
RAD_TO_DEG
EN ENO

Angle_in_Radian IN OUT Angle_in_Degree

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Angle_in_Radian
RAD_TO_DEG
ST Angle_in_Degree

389
RAD_TO_DEG

Representation Representation:
in ST Angle_in_Degree:= RAD_TO_DEG(Angle_in_Radian);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Angle_in_Radian REAL Value of Angle expressed in radians.
-4096π ≤ Angle_in_Radian ≤ +4096π

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Angle_in_Degree REAL Angle expressed in degrees.
-360 < Angle_in_Degree < +360.

Runtime errors When Angle_in_Degree is situated outside the interval ]-4096 π, 4096 π[, the
system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) changes
to 1 and the system bit %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to
%SW18, p. 451 ) indicates the type of fault.

390
 REAL_AS_WORD: Type
conversion
130
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the REAL data type to 2 output values of
description the WORD data type.
The individual words of the REAL input are assigned to the outputs according to the
output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD REAL_AS_WORD
REAL_variable IN LOW LowWord
HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in LD
REAL_AS_WORD

EN ENO

REAL_variable IN LOW LowWord

HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in IL LD REAL_variable
REAL_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

391
REAL_AS_WORD

Representation Representation:
in ST REAL_AS_WORD (REAL_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
REAL_varia REAL Input
ble

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if an unauthorized floating point number is set at the input.

392
 REAL_TO_***: Type conversion

131
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the REAL data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD,
description DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT data type or into the TIME data type.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. REAL_TO_BOOL.

When converting to BOOL, BYTE, WORD, the least significant bits of the input value
are transferred to the output. A runtime error message is not given and ENO
remains 1.

When converting to INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT and TIME, the IEC 559 rules for
rounding are applied.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

(The output ENO is not used for REAL_TO_BOOL, REAL_TO_BYTE, REAL_TO_WORD
and REAL_TO_DWORD; it always has the value "1".)

Available List of available functions:

functions l REAL_TO_BOOL
l REAL_TO_BYTE
l REAL_TO_WORD
l REAL_TO_DWORD
l REAL_TO_INT
l REAL_TO_DINT
l REAL_TO_UINT
l REAL_TO_UDINT
l REAL_TO_TIME

393
REAL_TO_***

Example The following example shows how the IEC 559 rounding is applied.
1,4 -> 1
1,5 -> 2
2,5 -> 2
3,5 -> 4
4,5 -> 4
4,6 -> 5

Negative input Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UINT, UDINT or TIME.
values

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD REAL_TO_INT

REAL_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
REAL_TO_INT

EN ENO

REAL_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD REAL_variable
REAL_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := REAL_TO_INT (REAL_variable) ;

394
 REAL_TO_***

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
REAL_varia REAL Input value
ble

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedV BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
ariable DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, TIME

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at the input
l the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
l a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output
value.
l an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description
of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
are not used when data types are converted:
l BOOL
l BYTE
l WORD
l DWORD

395
REAL_TO_***

396
 REAL_TRUNC_***: Type
conversion
132
Description

Function The function converts (by truncating towards zero) a REAL data type input value to
description a output value of the INT, DINT, UINT or UDINT data type.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available List of available functions:

functions l REAL_TRUNC_INT
l REAL_TRUNC_DINT
l REAL_TRUNC_UINT
l REAL_TRUNC_UDINT

Example The following example shows the converting procedure.

1,6 -> 1
-1,6 -> -1
1,4 -> 1
-1,4 -> -1

Data type Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UDINT or UINT.

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD REAL_TRUNC_INT

REAL_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

397
REAL_TRUNC_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
REAL_TRUNC_INT

EN ENO

REAL_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD REAL_variable
REAL_TRUNC_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := REAL_TRUNC_INT (REAL_variable) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
REAL_varia REAL Input value
ble

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedV INT, DINT, UINT, Output value
ariable UDINT

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12
to %SW18, p. 451) if
l a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT or UINT output value
or
l an unauthorized floating point number is set at the input.

398
 STRING_TO_*** : Conversion of a
character string to a number of the
INT, DINT or REAL type 133
Description

Description of The STRING_TO_*** function converts a character string into a one- or two-digit
the function integer or into a real number.
This function is IEC 1131.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l STRING_TO_INT,
l STRING_TO_DINT,
l STRING_TO_REAL.

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

en FBD
STRING_TO_INT
String_1 IN OUT Result_Value

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in LD
STRING_TO_INT
EN ENO

String_1 IN OUT Result_Value

399
STRING_TO_***

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in IL LD String_1
STRING_TO_INT
ST Result_Value

Representation Representation applied to an integer:

in ST Result_Value := STRING_TO_INT(String_1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
String_1 STRING Character string

Example : String_1 = ‘-32500’

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Value INT, DINT, Result_Value is an integer, a two-digit integer or a
REAL real number according to the function used. This result
is the conversion of the character string String_1 in
accordance with the recommendations of standard IEC
1131.

Example : with the value of the example in the above

table, Result_Value = -32500.

Execution errors The %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) bit is positioned
at 1 when the content of the string to be converted is positioned outside of the
boundaries of the type chosen (INT, DINT or REAL) or when one of the characters
in the string is incorrect.

400
 TYPE_AS_WORD: Type
conversion
134
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the TIME data type to 2 output values of
description the WORD data type.
The individual words of the TIME input are assigned to the outputs according to the
output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD TIME_AS_WORD
TIME_variable IN LOW LowWord
HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in LD
TIME_AS_WORD

EN ENO

TIME_variable IN LOW LowWord

HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in IL LD TIME_variable
TIME_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

401
TIME_AS_WORD

Representation Representation:
in ST TIME_AS_WORD (REAL_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
TIME_varia TIME Input
ble

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

402
 TIME_TO_***: Type conversion

135
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the TIME data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD,
description DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT or REAL data type.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. TIME_TO_BOOL.

While converting an input value of data type TIME into an output value of data type
BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT, the least significant bits, respectively, are
transferred from the input to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available List of available functions:

functions l TIME_TO_BOOL
l TIME_TO_BYTE
l TIME_TO_WORD
l TIME_TO_DWORD
l TIME_TO_INT
l TIME_TO_DINT
l TIME_TO_UINT
l TIME_TO_UDINT
l TIME_TO_REAL

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD TIME_TO_INT

TIME_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

403
TIME_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
TIME_TO_INT

EN ENO

TIME_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD TIME_variable
TIME_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := TIME_TO_INT (TIME_variable) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
TIME_varia TIME Input value
ble

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedV BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
ariable DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range is exceeded at the output during the execution of the function.

404
 TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of
a variable in TIME format into a
character string 136
Description

Function The TIME_TO_STRING function converts a variable in TIME format into a character
description string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
TIME_TO_STRING
Time1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in LD
TIME_TO_STRING
EN ENO

Time1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Time1
TIME_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_Str:= TIME_TO_STRING(Time1);

405
TIME_TO_STRING

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Time1 TIME Duration to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 15 characters which
contains a duration in the following format:
HHHHHH:MM:SS.D.

Example: ‘119304:38:49.5’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 15, Result_Str is completed by the end
of string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the converted value (less than 15
characters in length), it is truncated and the bit %S15 (See Description of system bits
%S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1.

406
 TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of
a variable in TOD format into a
character string 137
Description

Function The TOD_TO_STRING function converts a variable in TOD format into a character
description string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
TOD_TO_STRING
Time1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in LD
TOD_TO_STRING

EN ENO

Time1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in IL LD Time1
TOD_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

Representation Representation:
in ST Result_Str:= =TOD_TO_STRING(Time1);

407
TOD_TO_STRING

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Time1 TOD Time of day to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 8 characters which contains
a time of day in the following format: HH:MM:SS.

Example: ‘04:38:49’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 8, Result_Str is completed by the end of
string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the converted value (less than 8
characters in length), it is truncated and the bit %S15 (See Description of system bits
%S9 to %S13, p. 447) is set to 1.

408
 UDINT_AS_WORD: Type
conversion
138
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the UDINT data type to 2 output values of
description the WORD data type.
The individual words of the UDINT input are assigned to the outputs according to the
output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD UDINT_AS_WORD
UDINT_variable IN LOW LowWord
HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in LD
UDINT_AS_WORD

EN ENO

UDINT_variable IN LOW LowWord

HIGH HighWord

Representation Representation:
in IL LD UDINT_variable
UDINT_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

409
UDINT_AS_WORD

Representation Representation:
in ST UDINT_AS_WORD (UDINT_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
UDINT_ UDINT Input
variable

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

410
 UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion

139
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the UDINT data type to an output value of
description the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, REAL or TIME data type.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. UDINT_TO_BOOL.

When converting the data type DINT to the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT data
type, the least significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available List of available functions:

functions l UDINT_TO_BOOL
l UDINT_TO_BYTE
l UDINT_TO_WORD
l UDINT_TO_DWORD
l UDINT_TO_INT
l UDINT_TO_DINT
l UDINT_TO_UINT
l UDINT_TO_REAL
l UDINT_TO_TIME

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD UDINT_TO_INT

UDINT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

411
UDINT_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
UDINT_TO_INT

EN ENO

UDINT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD UDINT_variable
UDINT_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := UDINT_TO_INT (UDINT_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
UDINT_ UDINT Input value
variable

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedV BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
ariable DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, REAL, TIME

412
 UDINT_TO_***

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
l a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output
value.
l an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description
of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
are not used when data types are converted:
l BOOL
l BYTE
l WORD
l DWORD

413
UDINT_TO_***

414
 UINT_TO_***: Type conversion

140
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the UINT data type to an output value of the
description BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME.data type.

Note: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this
function has been realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical
conversions, e.g. UINT_TO_BOOL.

When converting an input value from the data type UINT into data type WORD, the
bit pattern from the input is transferred to the output without being modified.
When converting an input value of data type UINT into the data types BOOL or BYTE,
the least significant bits of the input are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available List of available functions:

functions l UINT_TO_BOOL
l UINT_TO_BYTE
l UINT_TO_WORD
l UINT_TO_DWORD
l UINT_TO_INT
l UINT_TO_DINT
l UINT_TO_UDINT
l UINT_TO_REAL
l UINT_TO_TIME

415
UINT_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD UINT_TO_INT

UINT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
UINT_TO_INT

EN ENO

UINT_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD UINT_variable
UINT_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := UINT_TO_INT (UINT_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
UINT_variable UINT Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

416
 UINT_TO_***

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
l a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output
value.
l an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description
of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).
The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) and
system word %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451)
are not used when data types are converted:
l BOOL
l BYTE
l WORD
l DWORD

417
UINT_TO_***

418
 WORD_AS_BYTE: Type
conversion
141
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the WORD data type to 2 output values of
description the BYTE data type.
The individual bytes of the word at the input are assigned to the outputs according
to the output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD WORD_AS_BYTE
WORD_variable IN LOW LowByte
HIGH HighByte

Representation Representation:
in LD
WORD_AS_BYTE

EN ENO

WORD_variable IN LOW LowByte

HIGH HighByte

Representation Representation:
in IL LD WORD_variable
WORD_AS_BYTE LowByte, HighByte

419
WORD_AS_BYTE

Representation Representation:
in ST WORD_AS_BYTE (WORD_variable, LowByte, HighByte);

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_ WORD Input
variable

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
LowByte BYTE least significant byte
HighByte BYTE most significant byte

420
 WORD_AS_DINT: Type
conversion
142
Description

Function The function converts 2 input values of the WORD data type to an output of the DINT
description data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input
names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = { HIGH ,LOW }

Representation Representation:
in FBD WORD_AS_DINT
WORD_variable1 LOW OUT DINT_variable
WORD_variable2 HIGH

Representation Representation:
in LD
WORD_AS_DINT

EN ENO

WORD_variable1 LOW OUT DINT_variable

WORD_variable2 HIGH

421
WORD_AS_DINT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_DINT WORD_variable2
ST DINT_variable

Representation Representation:
in ST DINT_variable := WORD_AS_DINT (WORD_variable1,
WORD_variable2) ;

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_ WORD least significant word
variable1
WORD_ WORD most significant word
variable2

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
DINT_ DINT Output value
variable

422
 WORD_AS_REAL: Type
conversion
143
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the 2WORD data type to output values
description of the REAL data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input
names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = {HIGH, LOW}

Representation Representation:
in FBD WORD_AS_REAL
WORD_variable1 LOW OUT REAL_Output
WORD_variable2 HIGH

Representation Representation:
in LD
WORD_AS_REAL

EN ENO

WORD_variable1 LOW OUT REAL_Output

WORD_variable2 HIGH

423
WORD_AS_REAL

Representation Representation:
in IL LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_REAL WORD_variable2, REAL_Output

Representation Representation:
in ST WORD_AS_REAL (WORD_variable1, WORD_variable2,
REAL_Output) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_variable1 WORD least significant byte
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant byte

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
REAL_Output REAL Output value

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1, if
l an unauthorized floating-point number is set at the input
l an unauthorized floating-point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type. In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (See Description
of system words %SW12 to %SW18, p. 451).

424
 WORD_AS_TIME: Type
conversion
144
Description

Function The function converts 2 input values of the WORD data type to an output value of the
description TIME data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input
names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = {HIGH, LOW}

Representation Representation:
in FBD WORD_AS_TIME
WORD_variable1 LOW OUT TIME_Output
WORD_variable2 HIGH

Representation Representation:
in LD
WORD_AS_TIME

EN ENO

WORD_variable1 LOW OUT TIME_Output

WORD_variable2 HIGH

425
WORD_AS_TIME

Representation Representation:
in IL LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_TIME WORD_variable2
ST TIME_Output

Representation Representation:
in ST TIME_Output := WORD_AS_TIME (WORD_variable1,
WORD_variable2) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_variable1 WORD least significant byte
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant byte

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
TIME_Output TIME Output value

426
 WORD_AS_UDINT: Type
conversion
145
Description

Function The function converts 2 input values of the WORD data type to an output value of the
description UDINT data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input
names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula Block formula:

OUT = {HIGH, LOW}

Representation Representation:
in FBD WORD_AS_UDINT
WORD_variable1 LOW OUT UDINT_Output
WORD_variable2 HIGH

Representation Representation:
in LD
WORD_AS_UDINT

EN ENO

WORD_variable1 LOW OUT UDINT_Output

WORD_variable2 HIGH

427
WORD_AS_UDINT

Representation Representation:
in IL LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_UDINT WORD_variable2
ST UDINT_Output

Representation Representation:
in ST UDINT_Output := WORD_AS_UDINT (WORD_variable1,
WORD_variable2) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_variable1 WORD least significant byte
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant byte

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
UDINT_Output UDINT Output value

428
 WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion

146
Description

Function The procedure converts an input value of the WORD data type to 16 output values of
description the BOOL data type.
The individual bits of the word at the input are assigned to the outputs according to
the output names.
BIT0 (20)
BIT1 (21)
WORD
15 14
2 2 21 20

BIT14 (214)
BIT15 (215)

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation Representation:
in FBD
WORD_TO_BIT
WORD_variable IN BIT0 BOOL_variable1
: :
BIT15 BOOL_variable16

429
WORD_TO_BIT

Representation Representation:
in LD
WORD_TO_BIT

EN ENO
BOOL_variable1
WORD_variable IN BIT0

: :
BOOL_variable16
BIT15

Representation Representation:
in IL LD WORD_variable
WORD_TO_BIT BOOL_variable1, BOOL_variable2,
BOOL_variable3, BOOL_variable4, BOOL_variable5,
BOOL_variable6, BOOL_variable7, BOOL_variable8,
BOOL_variable9, BOOL_variable10, BOOL_variable11,
BOOL_variable12, BOOL_variable13, BOOL_variable14,
BOOL_variable15, BOOL_variable16

Representation Representation:
in ST WORD_TO_BIT (WORD_variable, BOOL_variable1
BOOL_variable2, BOOL_variable3, BOOL_variable4,
BOOL_variable5, BOOL_variable6, BOOL_variable7,
BOOL_variable8, BOOL_variable9, BOOL_variable10,
BOOL_variable11, BOOL_variable12, BOOL_variable13,
BOOL_variable14, BOOL_variable15, BOOL_variable16);

430
 WORD_TO_BIT

Parameter Description of the input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_ WORD Input
variable

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning
BOOL_ BOOL Output BIT0
variable1
: : :
BOOL_ BOOL Output BIT15
variable16

431
WORD_TO_BIT

432
 WORD_TO_***: Type conversion

147
Description

Function The function converts an input value of the WORD data type to a BOOL, BYTE, DWORD,
description INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.

When converting the WORD data type to the DWORD, DINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME
data type, the bit pattern of the input is transferred to the least significant bits of the
output. The most significant bits of the output are set to zero.

When converting the data type WORD to the data type BOOL or BYTE, the least
significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

(The output ENO is not used for WORD_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available List of available functions:

functions l WORD_TO_BOOL
l WORD_TO_BYTE
l WORD_TO_DWORD
l WORD_TO_INT
l WORD_TO_DINT
l WORD_TO_UINT
l WORD_TO_UDINT
l WORD_TO_REAL
l WORD_TO_TIME

433
WORD_TO_***

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in FBD WORD_TO_INT

WORD_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in LD
WORD_TO_INT

EN ENO

WORD_variable IN OUT ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in IL LD WORD_variable
WORD_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation Representation of an Integer application:

in ST ConvertedVariable := WORD_TO_INT (WORD_variable) ;

Parameter Description of input parameters:

description
Parameter Data type Meaning
WORD_ WORD Input value
variable

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning
Converted BOOL, BYTE, DWORD, Output value
Variable INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

434
 WORD_TO_***

Runtime error The system bit %S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set
to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17 (See Description of system words %SW12
to %SW18, p. 451) if
l an unauthorized floating-point number is created during the conversion into the
REAL data type.

435
WORD_TO_***

436
 ***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a
variable into a character string
148
Description

Function The ***_TO_STRING function converts an INT, DINT or REAL variable into a
description character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available The available functions are as follows:

functions l INT_TO_STRING,
l DINT_TO_STRING,
l REAL_TO_STRING.

Representation Representation applied to a real:

in FBD
REAL_TO_STRING
Value1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation applied to a real:

in LD
REAL_TO_STRING
EN ENO

Value1 IN OUT Result_Str

Representation Representation applied to a real:

in IL LD Value1
REAL_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

437
***_TO_STRING

Representation Representation applied to a real:

in ST Result_Str:= REAL_TO_STRING(Value1);

Description of The following table describes the input parameters:

parameters
Parameter Type Comment
Value1 INT, DINT, Variable to be converted into character string format.
REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment
Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a character string whose length
depends on the type of Value1:
l 5 figures plus the sign making 6 characters for one
INT (example: ‘-00045’),
l 10 figures plus the sign, making 11 characters for
one DINT (example: ‘-0000678911’),
l 14 characters for a REAL (example:
‘-3.1234560e+25’).

Runtime errors If, during the conversion of a value of REAL type, Value1 is not between -
3.402824e+38 and -1.175494e-38 or +1.175494e-38 and +3.402824e+38, the bit
%S18 (See Description of system bits %S15 to %S21, p. 448) is set to 1 and the
contents of the string Result_Str is not significant.

438
 Appendices

Introduction

Overview This section contains the appendicies.

What's in this The appendix contains the following chapters:

Appendix?
Chapter Chapter Name Page
A EFB Error Codes and Values 441
B System objects 445

439
Appendices

440
 EFB Error Codes and Values

A
Overview

Introduction The following tables show the error codes and error values created for the EFBs of
the Base Library.

What's in this This chapter contains the following topics:

Chapter?
Topic Page
Tables of Error Codes for the Base Library 442
Common Floating Point Errors 444

441
EFB Error Codes and Values

Tables of Error Codes for the Base Library

Introduction The following tables show the error codes and error values created for the EFBs of
the Base Library.

Date & Time Table of error codes and errors values created for EFBs of the Date & Time family.
EFB name Error code ENO Error Error Error description
state in value in value in
case of Dec Hex
error
DIVTIME E_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO F -30176 0x8A20 Divide by zero
DIVTIME E_NEGATIVE_INPUT_ F -30177 0x8A1F A negative value cannot be converted
FOR_TIME_ to data type TIME
OPERATION
DIVTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30170 0x8A26 Arithmetic error
ERROR
DIVTIME E_ERR_ARITHMETIC F -30003 0x8ACD Arithmetic overflow (%S18 set)
DIVTIME FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, p. 444
MULTIME E_ERR_ARITHMETIC F -30003 0x8ACD Arithmetic overflow (%S18 set)
MULTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30172 0x8A24 Arithmetic error / Muliplication overflow
ERROR_MUL_OV
MULTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30173 0x8A23 Arithmetic error / Addition overflow
ERROR_ADD_OV
MULTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30171 0x8A25 Arithmetic error / Parameter exceeds
ERROR_BIG_PAR range
MULTIME E_NEGATIVE_INPUT_ F -30177 0x8A1F A negative value cannot be converted
FOR_TIME_ to data type TIME
OPERATION
MULTIME FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, p. 444

442
 EFB Error Codes and Values

Statistical Table of error codes and errors values created for EFBs of the Statistical
family.
EFB name Error code ENO Error Error Error description
state in value in value in
case of Dec Hex
error
AVE E_INPUT_VALUE_ F -30183 0x8A19 Input value is out of range
OUT_OF_RANGE
AVE E_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO F -30176 0x8A20 Divide by zero
AVE FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, p. 444
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30170 0x8A26 Arithmetic error
ERROR
AVE E_FP_STATUS_ F -30150 0x8A3A Illegal floating point operation
FAILED
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30172 0x8A24 Arithmetic error / Muliplication overflow
ERROR_MUL_OV
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30173 0x8A23 Arithmetic error / Addition overflow
ERROR_ADD_OV
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30171 0x8A25 Arithmetic error / Parameter exceeds
ERROR_BIG_PAR range
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30174 0x8A22 Arithmetic error / Unsigned overflow
ERROR_UNSIGN_OV
MAX FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, p. 444
MIN FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, p. 444
MUX E_SELECTOR_OUT_ F -30175 0x8A21 Selector is out of range
OF_RANGE

443
EFB Error Codes and Values

Common Floating Point Errors

Introduction The following table shows the commen error codes and error values created for
floating point errors.

Common Table of common floating point errors

Floating Point
Errors
Error codes Error value Error value Error description
in Dec in Hex
FP_ERROR -30150 0x8A3A Base value (not apearing as an error value)
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_IE -30151 0x8A39 Illegal floating point operation
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_DE -30152 0x8A38 Operand is denormalized - not a valid REAL
number
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_ZE -30154 0x8A36 Illegal divide by zero
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_ZE_IE -30155 0x8A35 Illegal floating point operation / Divide by zero
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE -30158 0x8A32 Floating point overflow
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE_IE -30159 0x8A31 Illegal floating point operation / Overflow
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE_ZE -30162 0x8A2E Floating point overflow / Divide by zero
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE_ZE_IE -30163 0x8A2D Illegal floating point operation / Overflow /
Divide by zero
E_FP_NOT_COMPARABLE -30166 0x8A2A Internal error

444
 System objects

B
At a Glance

Subject of this This chapter describes the system bits and words of Unity Pro language.
Chapter
Note: The symbols, associated with each bit object or system word, mentioned in
the descriptive tables of these objects, are not implemented as standard in the
software, but can be entered using the data editor.
They are proposed in order to ensure the homogeneity of their names in the different
applications.

What's in this This chapter contains the following topics:

Chapter?
Topic Page
System bit introduction 446
Description of system bits %S9 to %S13 447
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21 448
Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18 451

445
System objects

System bit introduction

General The Premium, Atrium and Quantum PLCs use %Si system bits which indicate the
state of the PLC, or they can be used to control how it operates.
These bits can be tested in the user program to detect any functional development
requiring a set processing procedure.
Some of these bits must be reset to their initial or normal state by the program.
However, the system bits that are reset to their initial or normal state by the system
must not be reset by the program or by the terminal.

446
 System objects

Description of system bits %S9 to %S13

Detailed Description of system bits %S9 to %S13:

description
Bit Function Description Initial Quantum Premium
Symbol state Atrium
%S9 Outputs set to Normally at 0, this bit is set to 1 by the 0 NO YES
OUTDIS the fallback program or the terminal:
position on all l set to 1: sets the bit to 0 or maintains the
buses current value depending on the chosen
configuration (X bus, Fipio, AS-i, etc.),
l set to 0: outputs are updated normally.
Note: The system bit acts directly on the
physical outputs and not on the image bits of
the outputs.
%S10 Input/output Normally at 1, this is set to 0 when an I/O fault 1 YES YES
IOERR fault on an in-rack module or device on Fipio is
detected (e.g. non-compliant configuration,
exchange fault, hardware fault, etc.). The
%S10 bit is reset to 1 by the system as soon
as the fault disappears.
%S11 Watchdog Normally at 0, this is set to 1 by the system as 0 YES YES
WDG overflow soon as the task execution time becomes
greater than the maximum execution time (i.e.
the watchdog) declared in the task properties.
%S12 PLC in RUN This bit is set to 1 by the system when the 0 YES YES
PLCRUNNING PLC is in RUN.
It is set to 0 by the system as soon as the PLC
is no longer in RUN (STOP, INIT, etc.).
%S13 First cycle Normally set to 0, this is set to 1 by the system - YES YES
1RSTSCANRUN after switching during the first cycle of the master task after
to RUN the PLC is set to RUN.

447
System objects

Description of system bits %S15 to %S21

Detailed Description of system bits %S15 to %S21:

description
Bit Function Description Initial Quantum Premium
Symbol state Atrium
%S15 Character Normally set to 0, this is set to 1 when the 0 YES YES
STRINGERROR string fault destination zone for a character string
transfer is not of sufficient size to receive this
character string.
The application stops in error state if the
%S78 bit has been to set to 1.
This bit must be reset to 0 by the application.
%S16 Task input/ Normally set to 1, this is set to 0 by the 1 YES YES
IOERRTSK output fault system when a fault occurs on an in-rack I/O
module or a Fipio device configured in the
task.
This bit must be reset to 1 by the user.
%S17 Rotate shift Normally at 0. 0 YES YES
CARRY output During a rotate shift operation, this takes the
state of the outgoing bit.

448
 System objects

Bit Function Description Initial Quantum Premium

Symbol state Atrium
%S18 Overflow or Normally set to 0, this is set to 1 in the event 0 YES YES
OVERFLOW arithmetic of a capacity overflow if there is:
error l a result greater than + 32 767 or less than
- 32 768, in single length,
l result greater than + 65 535, in unsigned
integer,
l a result greater than + 2 147 483 647 or
less than - 2 147 483 648, in double
length,
l result greater than +4 294 967 296, in
double length or unsigned integer,
l real values outside limits,
l division by 0,
l the root of a negative number,
l forcing to a non-existent step on a drum.
l stacking up of an already full register,
emptying of an already empty register.
It must be tested by the user program after
each operation where there is a risk of
overflow, then reset to 0 by the user if there
is indeed an overflow.
When the %S18 bit switches to 1, the
application stops in error state if the %S78 bit
has been to set to 1.
%S19 Task period Normally set to 0, this bit is set to 1 by the 0 YES YES
OVERRUN overrun system in the event of a time period overrun
(periodical (i.e. task execution time is greater than the
scanning) period defined by the user in the
configuration or programmed into the %SW
word associated with the task). The user
must reset this bit to 0. Each task manages
its own %S19 bit.

449
System objects

Bit Function Description Initial Quantum Premium

Symbol state Atrium
%S20 Index Normally set to 0, this is set to 1 when the 0 YES YES
INDEXOVF overflow address of the indexed object becomes less
than 0 or exceeds the number of objects
declared in the configuration.
In this case, it is as if the index were equal to
0.
It must be tested by the user program after
each operation where there is a risk of
overflow, then reset to 0 if there is indeed an
overflow.
When the %S20 bit switches to 1, the
application stops in error state if the %S78 bit
has been to set to 1.
%S21 First task Tested in a task (Mast, Fast, Aux0, Aux1, 0 YES YES
1RSTTASKRUN cycle Aux2 Aux3), the bit %S21 indicates the first
cycle of this task. %S21 is set to 1 at the start
of the cycle and reset to zero at the end of the
cycle.
Notes: the bit %S21 does not have the same
meaning in PL7 as in Unity Pro.

CAUTION
%S16 for Quantum PLCs
On Quantum, communication errors from modules (NOM, NOE, NWM,
CRA, CRP) and MMS modules are not reported on bits %S10 and
%S16.
It is entirely your responsibility to ensure that these system bits are used
correctly
Failure to follow this precaution can result in injury or equipment
damage.

450
 System objects

Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18

Detailed Description of system words %SW12 to %SW18:

description
Word Function Description Initial Quantum Premium
Symbol state Atrium
%SW12 Uni-Telway Uni_Telway address of terminal port (in - NO YES
UTWPORTADDR terminal slave mode) as defined in the configuration
port and loaded into this word on cold start.
address Note: The modification of the value of this
word is not taken into account by the
system
%SW13 Main Indicates the following for the main network 254 NO YES
XWAYNETWADDR address of (Fipway or Ethway): (16#00FE)
the station l the station number (least significant
byte) from 0 to 127,
l the network number (most significant
byte) from 0 to 63,
(value of the micro-switches on the
PCMCIA card).
%SW14 Commercia This word contains the commercial version - YES YES
OSCOMMVERS l version of of the PLC processor.
PLC Example: 16#0135
processor version: 01
issue number: 35
%SW15 PLC This word contains the commercial version - YES YES
OSCOMMPATCH processor of the PLC processor patch.
patch It is coded onto the least significant byte of
version the word.
Coding: 0 = no patch, 1 = A, 2 = B...
Example: 16#0003 corresponds to patch
C.
%SW16 Firmware This word contains the Firmware version of - YES YES
OSINTVERS version of the PLC processor.
PLC Example: 16#0143
processor version: 01
issue number: 43

451
System objects

Word Function Description Initial Quantum Premium

Symbol state Atrium
%SW17 Error status On detection of an error in a floating 0 YES YES
FLOATSTAT on floating arithmetic operation, bit %SW18 is set to 1
operation and %SW17 error status is updated
according to the following coding:
l %SW17.0 = Invalid operation / result is
not a number
l %SW17.1 = Non-standardized operand
/ result is acceptable
l %SW17.2 = Division by 0 / result is
infinity
l %SW17.3 = Overflow / result is infinity
l %SW17.4 = Underflow / result is 0
l %SW17.5 to 15 = not used
This word is reset to 0 by the system on
cold start, and also by the program for re-
usage purposes.
%SD18 Absolute This double word is used to calculate 0 YES YES
100MSCOUNTER time duration.
counter It is incremented every 1/10th of a second
by the system (even when PLC is in STOP,
it is no longer incremented if the PLC is
powered down). It can be read and written
by the user program or by the terminal.

452
 Glossary

%I According to the IEC standard, %I indicates a discrete input-type language object.

%IW According to the IEC standard, %IW indicates an analog input -type language object.

%KW According to the IEC standard, %KW indicates a constant word-type language object.

%M According to the IEC standard, %M indicates a memory bit-type language object.

%MW According to the IEC standard, %MW indicates a memory word-type language object.

%Q According to the IEC standard, %Q indicates a discrete output-type language object.

%QW According to the IEC standard, %QW indicates an analog output-type language
object.

ADDR_TYPE This predefined type is used as output for ADDR function. This type is ARRAY[0..5]
OF Int. You can find it in the libset, in the same family than the EFs which use it.

ANL_IN ANL_IN is the abbreviation of Analog Input data type and is used when processing
analog values. The %IW adresses for the configured analog input module, which
were specified in the I/O component list, are automatically assigned data types and
should therefore only be occupied with Unlocated Variables.

453
Glossary

ANL_OUT ANL_OUT is the abbreviation of Analog Output data type and is used when
processing analog values. The %MW adresses for the configured analog input
module, which were specified in the I/O component list, are automatically assigned
data types and should therefore only be occupied with Unlocated Variables.

ANY There is a hierarchy between the different types of data. In the DFB, it is sometimes
possible to declare which variables can contain several types of values. Here, we
use ANY_xxx types.
The following diagram shows the hierarchically-ordered structure:
ANY
ANY_ELEMENTARY
ANY_MAGNITUDE_OR_BIT
ANY_MAGNITUDE
ANY_NUM
ANY_REAL
REAL
ANY_INT
DINT, INT, UDINT, UINT
TIME
ANY_BIT
DWORD, WORD, BYTE, BOOL
ANY_STRING
STRING
ANY_DATE
DATE_AND_TIME, DATE, TIME_OF_DAY
EBOOL
ANY_DERIVED
ANY_ARRAY
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_EDT
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_MAGNITUDE
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_NUM
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_REAL
ANY_ARRAY_REAL
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_INT
ANY_ARRAY_DINT
ANY_ARRAY_INT
ANY_ARRAY_UDINT
ANNY_ARRAY_UINT
ANY_ARRAY_TIME
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_BIT
ANY_ARRAY_DWORD
ANY_ARRAY_WORD
ANY_ARRAY_BYTE
ANY_ARRAY_BOOL
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_STRING
ANY_ARRAY_STRING
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_DATE
ANY_ARRAY_DATE_AND_TIME
ANY_ARRAY_DATE
ANY_ARRAY_TIME_OF_DAY
ANY_ARRAY_EBOOL
ANY_ARRAY_ANY_DDT
ANY_STRUCTURE
ANY_DDT
ANY_IODDT
ANY_FFB
ANY_EFB
ANY_DFB

454
 Glossary

ARRAY An ARRAY is a table of elements of the same type.

The syntax is as follows: ARRAY [<terminals>] OF <Type>
Example:
ARRAY [1..2] OF BOOL is a one-dimensional table made up of two BOOL-type
elements.
ARRAY [1..10, 1..20] OF INT is a two-dimensional table made up of 10x20
INT-type elements.

Base 10 literals A literal value in base 10 is used to represent a decimal integer value. This value can
be preceded by the signs "+" and "-". If the character "_" is employed in this literal
value, it is not significant.
Example:
-12, 0, 123_456, +986

Base 16 Literals An literal value in base 16 is used to represent an integer in hexadecimal. The base
is determined by the number "16" and the sign "#". The signs "+" and "-" are not
allowed. For greater clarity when reading, you can use the sign "_" between bits.
Example:
16#F_F or 16#FF (in decimal 255)
16#F_F or 16#FF (in decimal 224)

Base 2 Literals A literal value in base 2 is used to represent a binary integer. The base is determined
by the number "2" and the sign "#". The signs "+" and "-" are not allowed. For greater
clarity when reading, you can use the sign "_" between bits.
Example:
2#1111_1111 or 2#11111111 (in decimal 255)
2#1110_0000 or 2#11100000 (in decimal 224)

Base 8 Literals A literal value in base 8 is used to represent an octal integer. The base is determined
by the number "8" and the sign "#". The signs "+" and "-" are not allowed. For greater
clarity when reading, you can use the sign "_" between bits.
Example:
8#3_77 or 8#377 (in decimal 255)
8#34_0 or 8#340 (in decimal 224)

455
Glossary

BCD BCD is the abbreviation of Binary Coded Decimal format

BCD is used to represent decimal numbers between 0 and 9 using a group of four
bits (half-byte).
In this format, the four bits used to code the decimal numbers have a range of
unused combinations.
Example of BCD coding:
l the number 2450
l is coded: 0010 0100 0101 0000

BOOL BOOL is the abbreviation of Boolean type. This is the elementary data item in
computing. A BOOL type variable has a value of either: 0 (FALSE) or 1 (TRUE).
A BOOL type word extract bit, for example: %MW10.4.

BYTE When 8 bits are put together, this is callad a BYTE. A BYTE is either entered in
binary, or in base 8.
The BYTE type is coded in an 8 bit format, which, in hexadecimal, ranges from
16#00 to 16#FF

DATE The DATE type coded in BCD in 32 bit format contains the following information:
l the year coded in a 16-bit field,
l the month coded in an 8-bit field,
l the day coded in an 8-bit field.
The DATE type is entered as follows: D#<Year>-<Month>-<Day>
This table shows the lower/upper limits in each field:

Field Limits Comment

Year [1990,2099] Year
Month [01,12] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at the
time of entry
Day [01,31] For the months 01\03\05\07\08\10\12
[01,30] For the months 04\06\09\11
[01,29] For the month 02 (leap years)
[01,28] For the month 02 (non leap years)

DATE_AND_ see DT
TIME

456
 Glossary

DBCD Representation of a Double BCD-format double integer.

The Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) format is used to represent decimal numbers
between 0 and 9 using a group of four bits.
In this format, the four bits used to code the decimal numbers have a range of
unused combinations.
Example of DBCD coding:
l the number 78993016
l is coded: 0111 1000 1001 1001 0011 0000 0001 0110

DDT DDT is the abbreviation of Derived Data Type.

A derived data type is a set of elements of the same type (ARRAY) or of various types
(structure)

DFB DFB is the abbrevation of Derived Function Block.

DFB types are function blocks that can be programmed by the user ST, IL, LD or
FBD.
By using DFB types in an application, it is possible to:
l simplify the design and input of the program,
l increase the legibility of the program,
l facilitate the debugging of the program,
l reduce the volume of the generated code.

DINT DINT is the abbrevation of Double Integer format (coded on 32 bits).

The lower and upper limits are as follows: -(2 to the power of 31) to (2 to the power
of 31) - 1.
Example:
-2147483648, 2147483647, 16#FFFFFFFF.

457
Glossary

DT DT is the abbreviation of Date and Time.

The DT type coded in BCD in 64 bit format contains the following information:
l The year coded in a 16-bit field,
l the month coded in an 8-bit field,
l the day coded in an 8-bit field,
l the hour coded in a 8-bit field,
l the minutes coded in an 8-bit field,
l the seconds coded in an 8-bit field.

Note: The 8 least significant bits are unused.

The DT type is entered as follows:

DT#<Year>-<Month>-<Day>-<Hour>:<Minutes>:<Seconds>
This table shows the lower/upper limits in each field:

Field Limits Comment

Year [1990,2099] Year
Month [01,12] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at
the time of entry
Day [01,31] For the months 01\03\05\07\08\10\12
[01,30] For the months 04\06\09\11
[01,29] For the month 02 (leap years)
[01,28] For the month 02 (non leap years)
Hour [00,23] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at
the time of entry
Minute [00,59] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at
the time of entry
Second [00,59] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at
the time of entry

458
 Glossary

DWORD DWORD is the abbreviation of Double Word.

The DWORD type is coded in 32 bit format.
This table shows the lower/upper limits of the bases which can be used:

Base Lower limit Upper limit

Hexadecimal 16#0 16#FFFFFFFF
Octal 8#0 8#37777777777
Binary 2#0 2#11111111111111111111111111111111

Representation examples:

Data content Representation in one of the bases

00000000000010101101110011011110 16#ADCDE
00000000000000010000000000000000 8#200000
00000000000010101011110011011110 2#10101011110011011110

EBOOL EBOOL is the abbrevation of Extended Boolean type. It can be used to manage rising
or falling edges, as well as forcing.
An EBOOL type variable takes up one byte of memory.

EF Is the abbreviation of Elementary Function.

This is a block which is used in a program, and which performs a predefined
software function.
A function has no internal status information. Multiple invocations of the same
function using the same input parameters always supply the same output values.
Details of the graphic form of the function invocation can be found in the "[Functional
block (instance)] ". In contrast to the invocation of the function blocks, function
invocations only have a single unnamed output, whose name is the same as the
function. In FBD each invocation is denoted by a unique [number] via the graphic
block, this number is automatically generated and can not be altered.
You position and set up these functions in your program in order to carry out your
application.
You can also develop other functions using the SDKC development kit.

459
Glossary

EFB Is the abbreviation for Elementary Function Block.

This is a block which is used in a program, and which performs a predefined
software function.
EFBs have internal statuses and parameters. Even where the inputs are identical,
the output values may be different. For example, a counter has an output which
indicates that the preselection value has been reached. This output is set to 1 when
the current value is equal to the preselection value.

Elementary see EF
Function

EN EN means ENable, this is an optional block input. When EN is activated, an ENO

output is automatically drafted.
If EN = 0, the block is not activated, its internal program is not executed and ENO ist
set to 0.
If EN = 1, the internal program of the block is executed, and ENO is set to 1 by the
system. If an error occurs, ENO is set to 0.

ENO ENO means Error NOtification, this is the output associated to the optional input EN.
If ENO is set to 0 (caused by EN=0 or in case of an execution error),
l the outputs of function blocks remain in the status they were in for the last correct
executed scanning cycle and
l the output(s) of functions and procedures are set to "0".

FBD FBD is the abbreviation of Function Block Diagram.

FBD is a graphic programming language that operates as a logic diagram. In
addition to the simple logic blocks (AND, OR, etc.), each function or function block of
the program is represented using this graphic form. For each block, the inputs are
located to the left and the outputs to the right. The outputs of the blocks can be linked
to the inputs of other blocks to form complex expressions.

FFB Collective term for EF (Elementary Function), EFB (Elementary Function Block) and
DFB (Derived Function block)

Function see EF

Function Block see FBD

Diagram

460
 Glossary

GRAY Gray or "reflected binary" code is used to code a numerical value being developed
into a chain of binary configurations that can be differentiated by the change in
status of one and only one bit.
This code can be used, for example, to avoid the following random event: in pure
binary, the change of the value 0111 to 1000 can produce random numbers between
0 and 1000, as the bits do not change value altogether simultaneously.
Equivalence between decimal, BCD and Gray:

Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BCD 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001

Gray 0000 0001 0011 0010 0110 0111 0101 0100 1100 1101

IEC 61131-3 International standard: Programmable Logic Controls

Part 3: Programming languages.

IL IL is the abbreviation of Instruction List.

This language is a series of basic instructions.
This language is very close to the assembly language used to program processors.
Each instruction is composed of an instruction code and an operand.

INF Used to indicate that a number overruns the allowed limits.

For a number of Integers, the value ranges (shown in gray) are as follows:

-INF INF

-3.402824e+38 -1.1754944e-38 0.0 1.1754944e-38 3.402824e+38

When a calculation result is:

l less than -3.402824e+38, the symbol -INF (for -infinite) is displayed,
l greater than +3.402824e+38, the symbol INF (for +infinite) is displayed.

461
Glossary

INT INT is the abbreviation of single integer format (coded on 16 bits).

The lower and upper limits are as follows: -(2 to the power of 15) to (2 to the power
of 15) - 1.
Example:
-32768, 32767, 2#1111110001001001, 16#9FA4.

Integer Literals Integer literal are used to enter integer values in the decimal system. The values can
have a preceding sign (+/-). Individual underlines (_ ) between numbers are not
significant.
Example:
-12, 0, 123_456, +986

IODDT IODDT is the abbreviation of Input/Output Derived Data Type.

The term IODDT designates a structured data type representing a module or a
channel of a PLC module. Each application expert module possesses its own
IODDTs.

Keyword A keyword is a unique combination of characters used as a syntactical programming

language element (See annex B definition of the IEC standard 61131-3. All the key
words used in Unity Pro and of this standard are listed in annex C of the IEC
standard 61131-3. These keywords cannot be used as identifiers in your program
(names of variables, sections, DFB types, etc.)).

LD LD is the abbreviation of Ladder Diagram.

LD is a programming language, representing the instructions to be carried out in the
form of graphic diagrams very close to a schematic electrical diagram (contacts,
coils, etc.).

Located A located variable is a variable for which it is possible to know its position in the PLC
variables memory. For example, the variable Water_pressure, is associated with%MW102.
Water_pressure is said to be localized.

462
 Glossary

Multiple Token Operating mode of an SFC. In multitoken mode, the SFC may possess several
active steps at the same time.

Naming An identifier is a sequence of letters, numbers and underlines beginning with a letter
conventions or underline (e.g. name of a function block type, an instance, a variable or a section).
(Identifier) Letters from national character sets (e.g: ö,ü, é, õ) can be used except in project and
DFB names. Underlines are significant in identifiers; e.g. A_BCD and AB_CD are
interpreted as different identifiers. Multiple leading underlines and consecutive
underlines are invalid.
Identifiers cannot contain spaces. Not case sensitive; e.g. ABCD and abcd are
interpreted as the same identifier.
According to IEC 61131-3 leading digits are not allowed in identifiers. Nevertheless,
you can use them if you activate in dialog Tools → Project settings in tab
Language extensions the ceck box Leading digits.
Identifiers cannot be keywords.

NAN Used to indicate that a result of an operation is not a number (NAN = Not A Number).
Example: calculating the square root of a negative number.

Note: The IEC 559 standard defines two classes of NAN: quiet NAN (QNAN) and
signaling NaN (SNaN) QNAN is a NAN with the most significant fraction bit set and a
SNAN is a NAN with the most significant fraction bit clear (Bit number 22). QNANs
are allowed to propagate through most arithmetic operations without signaling an
exception. SNAN generally signal an invalid-operation exception whenever they
appear as operands in arithmetic operations (See %SW17 and %S18).

463
Glossary

Network There are two meanings for Network.

l In LD:
A network is a set of interconnected graphic elements. The scope of a network
is local to the program organization unit (section) in which the network is located.
l With communication expert modules:
A network is a group of stations which communicate among one another. The
term network is also used to define a group of interconnected graphic elements.
This group forms then a part of a program which may be composed of a group of
networks.

Procedure Procedures are functions view technically. The only difference to elementary
functions is that procedures can take up more than one output and they support data
type VAR_IN_OUT. To the eye, procedures are no different than elementary
functions.
Procedures are a supplement to IEC 61131-3.

464
 Glossary

REAL Real type is a coded type in 32 bits.

The ranges of possible values are illustrated in gray in the following diagram:

-INF INF

-3.402824e+38 -1.1754944e-38 0.0 1.1754944e-38 3.402824e+38

When a calculation result is:

l between -1.175494e-38 and 1.175494e-38 it is considerd as a DEN,
l less than -3.402824e+38, the symbol -INF (for - infinite) is displayed,
l greater than +3.402824e+38, the symbol INF (for +infinite) is displayed,
l undefined (square root of a negative number), the symbol NAN or NAN is
displayed.

Note: The IEC 559 standard defines two classes of NAN: quiet NAN (QNAN) and
signaling NaN (SNaN) QNAN is a NAN with the most significant fraction bit set and a
SNAN is a NAN with the most significant fraction bit clear (Bit number 22). QNANs
are allowed to propagate through most arithmetic operations without signaling an
exception. SNAN generally signal an invalid-operation exception whenever they
appear as operands in arithmetic operations (See %SW17 and %S18).

Note: when an operand is a DEN (Denormalized number) the result is not

significant.

Real Literals An literal real value is a number expressed in one or more decimals.
Example:
-12.0, 0.0, +0.456, 3.14159_26

Real Literals with An Literal decimal value can be expressed using standard scientific notation. The
Exponent representation is as follows: mantissa + exponential.
Example:
-1.34E-12 or -1.34e-12
1.0E+6 or 1.0e+6
1.234E6 or 1.234e6

465
Glossary

SFC SFC is the abbreviation of Sequential Function Chart.

SFC enables the operation of a sequential automation device to be represented
graphically and in a structured manner. This graphic description of the sequential
behavior of an automation device, and the various situations which result from it, is
performed using simple graphic symbols.

Single Token Operating mode of an SFC chart for which only a single step can be active at any
one time.

ST ST is the abbreviation of Structured Text language.

Structured Text language is an elaborated language close to computer
programming languages. It enables you to structure series of instructions.

STRING A variable of the type STRING is an ASCII standard character string. A character
string has a maximum length of 65534 characters.

TIME The type TIME expresses a duration in milliseconds. Coded in 32 bits, this type
makes it possible to obtain periods from 0 to 2 32-1 milliseconds.
The units of type TIME are the following: the days (d), the hours (h), the minutes (m),
the seconds (s) and the milliseconds (ms). A literal value of the type TIME is
represented by a combination of previous types preceded by T#, t#, TIME# or
time#.
Examples: T#25h15m, t#14.7S, TIME#5d10h23m45s3ms

Time literals The units of type TIME are the following: the days (d), the hours (h), the minutes (m),
the seconds (s) and the milliseconds (ms). A literal value of the type TIME is
represented by a combination of previous types preceded by T#, t#, TIME# or
time#.
Examples: T#25h15m, t#14.7S, TIME#5d10h23m45s3ms

TIME_OF_DAY see TOD

466
 Glossary

TOD TOD is the abbreviation of Time of Day.

The TOD type coded in BCD in 32 bit format contains the following information:
l the hour coded in a 8-bit field,
l the minutes coded in an 8-bit field,
l the seconds coded in an 8-bit field.

Note: The 8 least significant bits are unused.

The Time of Day type is entered as follows: TOD#<Hour>:<Minutes>:<Seconds>

This table shows the lower/upper limits in each field:

Field Limits Comment

Hour [00,23] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at the time of
entry
Minute [00,59] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at the time of
entry
Second [00,59] The left 0 is always displayed, but can be omitted at the time of
entry

Example: TOD#23:59:45.

Token An active step of an SFC is known as a token.

TOPO_ADDR_ This predefined type is used as output for READ_TOPO_ADDR function. This type
TYPE is an ARRAY[0..4] OF Int. You can find it in the libset, in the same family than the
EFs which use it.

UDINT UDINT is the abbreviation of Unsigned Double Integer format (coded on 32 bits)
unsigned. The lower and upper limits are as follows: 0 to (2 to the power of 32) - 1.
Example:
0, 4294967295, 2#11111111111111111111111111111111, 8#37777777777,
16#FFFFFFFF.

UINT UINT is the abbreviation of Unsigned integer format (coded on 16 bits). The lower
and upper limits are as follows: 0 to (2 to the power of 16) - 1.
Example:
0, 65535, 2#1111111111111111, 8#177777, 16#FFFF.

467
Glossary

Unlocated An unlocated variable is a variable for which it is impossible to know its position in
variable the PLC memory. A variable which have no address assigned is said to be
unlocated.

Variable Memory entity of the type BOOL, WORD, DWORD, etc., whose contents can be modified
by the program during execution.

WORD The WORD type is coded in 16 bit format and is used to carry out processing on bit
strings.
This table shows the lower/upper limits of the bases which can be used:

Base Lower limit Upper limit

Hexadecimal 16#0 16#FFFF
Octal 8#0 8#177777
Binary 2#0 2#1111111111111111

Representation examples

Data content Representation in one of the bases

0000000011010011 16#D3
1010101010101010 8#125252
0000000011010011 2#11010011

468
 Index
B
AC
Symbols A
%S10, 447 ABS, 215
%S11, 447 Absolute value computation
%S12, 447 ABS, 215
%S13, 447 ACOS, 217
%S15, 448 ACOS_REAL, 217
%S16, 448 ADD, 219
%S17, 448 ADD_***_***, 41
%S18, 449 ADD_***_TIME, 167
%S19, 449 ADD_TIME, 221
%S20, 450 Addition
%S21, 450 ADD, 219
%S9, 447 ADD_TIME, 221
%SD18, 452 Addition of a duration to a date
%SW12, 451 ADD_***_TIME, 167
%SW13, 451 Addition of a number to elements of a table
%SW14, 451 or addition of two tables
%SW15, 451 ADD_***_***, 41
%SW16, 451 AND, 179
%SW17, 452 AND function
***_TO_STRING, 437 AND, 179
AND_***_***, 45
Arc Cosine
Numerics ACOS, 217
100MSCOUNTER, 452 ACOS_REAL, 217
1RSTSCANRUN, 447 Arc Sine
1RSTTASKRUN, 450 ASIN, 223
ASIN_REAL, 223
Arc tangent
ATAN, 225
ATAN_REAL, 225

469
Index

Ascending or descending sort C

SORT_***, 103
Calculates the time difference between two
ASIN, 223
dates or times
ASIN_REAL, 223
SUB_***_***, 173
Assignment
CARRY, 448
MOVE, 247
Character string
Assignment to tables
INSERT_INT, 299
MOVE_***_***, 83
LEN_INT, 305
ATAN, 225
Character strings
ATAN_REAL, 225
CONCAT_STR, 291
AVE, 267
DELETE_INT, 293
Averaging
EQUAL_STR, 295
AVE, 267
FIND_INT, 297
LEFT_INT, 303
B MID_INT, 307
REPLACE_INT, 309
base 10 logarithm
RIGHT_INT, 313
LOG, 243
Comparison
LOG_REAL, 243
EQ, 145
BCD_TO_INT, 339
GE, 147
Binary selection
GT, 151
SEL, 287
LE, 155
Bistable function block, reset dominant
LT, 159
RS, 199
NE, 163
Bistable function block, set dominant
Comparison of two character strings
SR, 207
EQUAL_STR, 295
BIT_TO_BYTE, 341
Comparison of two tables
BIT_TO_WORD, 345
EQUAL_***, 57
Block types, 20
CONCAT_STR, 291
BOOL_TO_***, 347
Concatenation of two character strings
BYTE_AS_WORD, 349
CONCAT_STR, 291
BYTE_TO_***, 355
Concatenation of two integers
BYTE_TO_BIT, 351
INT_AS_DINT, 379
Conditional FFB Call, 25

470
 Index

Conversion Conversion of BCD into binary

***_TO_STRING, 437 BCD_TO_INT, 339
BCD_TO_INT, 339 Conversion of DBCD into binary
DATE_TO_STRING, 359 DBCD_TO_***, 361
DBCD_TO_***, 361 Conversion of degrees to radians
DEG_TO_RAD, 363 DEG_TO_RAD, 363
DINT_TO_DBCD, 371 Conversion of radians to degrees
DT_TO_STRING, 373 RAD_TO_DEG, 389
GRAY_TO_INT, 377 Copy on tables
INT_AS_DINT, 379 COPY_***_***, 49
INT_TO_BCD, 385 COPY_***_***, 49
INT_TO_DBCD, 387 COS, 227
RAD_TO_DEG, 389 COS_REAL, 227
STRING_TO_DINT, 399 Cosine
STRING_TO_INT, 399 COS, 227
STRING_TO_REAL, 399 COS_REAL, 227
TIME_TO_STRING, 405 CTD, 317
TOD_TO_STRING, 407 CTD_***, 317
Conversion of a character string to a number CTU, 321
STRING_TO_***, 399 CTU_***, 321
Conversion of a double integer into DBCD CTUD, 325
DINT_TO_DBCD, 371 CTUD_***, 325
Conversion of a variable in DATE format into
a character string
DATE_TO_STRING, 359 D
Conversion of a variable in DT format into a Date & Time
character string DIVTIME, 169
DT_TO_STRING, 373 MULTIME, 171
Conversion of a variable in TIME format into Date and time management
a character string ADD_***_TIME, 167
TIME_TO_STRING, 405 SUB_***_***, 173
Conversion of a variable in TOD format into SUB_***_TIME, 175
a character string DATE_TO_STRING, 359
TOD_TO_STRING, 407 DBCD_TO_***, 361
Conversion of a variable into a character DEC, 229
string Decrementation of a variable
***_TO_STRING, 437 DEC, 229
Conversion of an integer in Gray code into a DEG_TO_RAD, 363
binary coded integer DELETE_INT, 293
GRAY_TO_INT, 377 Deletion of a sub-string of characters
Conversion of an integer into a double BCD DELETE_INT, 293
integer Derived function block, 20
INT_TO_DBCD, 387 Detection of all edges
Conversion of an integer into BCD TRIGGER, 209
INT_TO_BCD, 385 Detection of Falling Edge
FE, 183

471
Index

Detection of falling edges Exponentiation of one value by another

F_TRIG, 181 value
Detection of Rising Edge EXPT_REAL_***, 237
RE, 191 EXPT_REAL_***, 237
Detection of rising edges EXPT_REAL_DINT, 237
R_TRIG, 189 EXPT_REAL_INT, 237
DINT_AS_WORD, 365 EXPT_REAL_REAL, 237
DINT_TO_***, 367 EXPT_REAL_UDINT, 237
DINT_TO_DBCD, 371 EXPT_REAL_UINT, 237
DINT_TO_STRING, 437 Extraction of a character string to the right
DIV, 231 RIGHT_INT, 313
DIV_***_***, 53 Extraction of a sub-string of characters
Division MID_INT, 307
DIV, 231 Extraction of characters to the left
DIVTIME, 169 LEFT_INT, 303
Division and Modulo
DIVMOD, 233
Division of tables F
DIV_***_***, 53 F_TRIG, 181
DIVMOD, 233 FE, 183
DIVTIME, 169 FIND_EQ_***, 61
Down counter FIND_EQP_***, 63
CTD, 317 FIND_GT_***, 67
CTD_***, 317 FIND_INT, 297
DT_TO_STRING, 373 FIND_LT_***, 69
DWORD_TO_***, 375 Finding a sub-string of characters
FIND_INT, 297
First element of a table equal to a given value
E FIND_EQ_***, 61
Elementary Function, 20 First element of a table equal to a value
Elementary function block, 20 starting from a given rank
EN, 24 FIND_EQP_***, 63
ENO, 24 First element of a table greater than a given
EQ, 145 value
Equal to FIND_GT_***, 67
EQ, 145 First element of a table less than a given
EQUAL_***, 57 value
EQUAL_STR, 295 FIND_LT_***, 69
Error Codes, 441 FLOATSTAT, 452
Error Values, 441
Exclusive OR between tables
XOR_***_***, 113
Exclusive OR function
XOR, 211
EXP, 235
EXP_REAL, 235

472
 Index

G Limit
LIMIT, 271
GE, 147
Limit with Indicator
GRAY_TO_INT, 377
LIMIT_IND, 275
Greater than
LIMIT_IND, 275
GT, 151
LN, 241
Greater than or equal to
LN_REAL, 241
GE, 147
LOG, 243
GT, 151
LOG_REAL, 243
Logic
I AND, 179
F_TRIG, 181
INC, 239 FE, 183
Incrementation of a variable NOT, 185
INC, 239 OR, 187
INDEXOVF, 450 R_TRIG, 189
INSERT_INT, 299 RE, 191
Insertion of a sub-string of characters RESET, 193
INSERT_INT, 299 ROL, 195
INT_AS_DINT, 379 ROR, 197
INT_TO_***, 381 RS, 199
INT_TO_BCD, 385 SET, 201
INT_TO_DBCD, 387 SHL, 203
INT_TO_STRING, 437 SHR, 205
Integer regulation SR, 207
PID_INT, 125 TRIGGER, 209
PWM_INT, 133 XOR, 211
IOERR, 447 Logical AND between tables and variables
IOERRTSK, 448 AND_***_***, 45
Logical negation of tables
NOT_***, 91
L Logical OR between tables and variables
LE, 155 OR_***_***, 95
LEFT_INT, 303 LT, 159
LEN_INT, 305
Length of a table
LENGTH_***, 73
Length of character string
LEN_INT, 305
LENGTH_***, 73
Less than
LT, 159
Less than or equal to
LE, 155
LIMIT, 271

473
Index

M MIN_***, 77
Minimum value function
Math
MIN, 281
ACOS, 217
Minimum value of table elements
ACOS_REAL, 217
MIN_***, 77
ASIN, 223
MOD, 245
ASIN_REAL, 223
MOD_***_***, 79
ATAN, 225
Modulo
ATAN_REAL, 225
MOD, 245
COS, 227
MOVE, 247
COS_REAL, 227
MOVE_***_***, 83, 85
EXP, 235
Assignment to tables, 83
EXP_REAL, 235
Table conversion, 85
INC, 229, 239
MUL, 249
LN, 241
MUL_***_***, 87
LN_REAL, 241
MULTIME, 171
LOG, 243
Multiplexer
LOG_REAL, 243
MUX, 283
SIN, 255
Multiplication
SIN_REAL, 255
MUL, 249
TAN, 263
MULTIME, 171
TAN_REAL, 263
Multiplication of tables
Mathematic
MUL_***_***, 87
ADD_TIME, 221
MUX, 283
SUB_TIME, 259
Mathematics
ABS, 215 N
ADD, 219
Natural exponential
DIV, 231
EXP, 235
DIVMOD, 233
EXP_REAL, 235
EXPT_REAL_***, 237
Natural logarithm
MOD, 245
LN, 241
MOVE, 247
LN_REAL, 241
MUL, 249
NE, 163
NEG, 251
NEG, 251
SIGN, 253
Negation
SQRT_***, 261
NEG, 251
SUB, 257
NOT, 185
MAX, 279
NOT, 185
MAX_***, 75
Not equal to
Maximum of table elements
NE, 163
MAX_***, 75
NOT_***, 91
Maximum value function
MAX, 279
MID_INT, 307
MIN, 281

474
 Index

O Remainder of division of tables

MOD_***_***, 79
OCCUR_***, 93
REPLACE_INT, 309
Occurrence of a value in a table
Replacement of a sub-string of characters
OCCUR_***, 93
REPLACE_INT, 309
Off delay
RESET, 193
TOF, 329
RIGHT_INT, 313
On delay
ROL, 195
TON, 331
ROL_***, 99
OR, 187
ROR, 197
OR function
ROR_***, 101
OR, 187
Rotate left
OR_***_***, 95
ROL, 195
OSCOMMPATCH, 451
Rotate right
OSCOMMVERS, 451
ROR, 197
OSINTVERS, 451
Rotate shift to left
OUTDIS, 447
ROL_***, 99
OVERFLOW, 449
Rotate shift to right
OVERRUN, 449
ROR_***, 101
RS, 199
P
Permutation of the bytes of a table S
SWAP_***, 111
SEL, 287
PID controller
Servo drive function
PID_INT, 125
SERVO_INT, 137
PID_INT, 125
SERVO_INT, 137
PLCRUNNING, 447
SET, 201
Procedure, 20
Setting of a bit to 0
Pulse
RESET, 193
TP, 333
Setting of a bit to 1
Pulse width modulation
SET, 201
PWM_INT, 133
Shift left
PWM_INT, 133
SHL, 203
Shift right
R SHR, 205
SHL, 203
R_TRIG, 189 SHR, 205
RAD_TO_DEG, 389 SIGN, 253
RE, 191 Sign evaluation
REAL_AS_WORD, 391 SIGN, 253
REAL_TO_***, 393 SIN, 255
REAL_TO_STRING, 437 SIN_REAL, 255
REAL_TRUNC_***, 397 Sine
Regulation SIN, 255
SERVO_INT, 137 SIN_REAL, 255

475
Index

SORT_***, 103 T
SQRT_***, 261
Table conversion
Square root
MOVE_***_***, 85
SQRT_***, 261
Table functions
SR, 207
ADD_***_***, 41
Statistics
AND_***_***, 45
AVE, 267
COPY_***_***, 49
LIMIT, 271
DIV_***_***, 53
LIMIT_IND, 275
EQUAL_***, 57
MAX, 279
FIND_EQ_***, 61
MIN, 281
FIND_EQP_***, 63
MUX, 283
FIND_GT_***, 67
SEL, 287
FIND_LT_***, 69
STRING_TO_***, 399
LENGTH_***, 73
STRING_TO_DINT, 399
MAX_***, 75
STRING_TO_INT, 399
MIN_***, 77
STRING_TO_REAL, 399
MOD_***_***, 79
STRINGERROR, 448
MOVE_***_***, 83, 85
SUB, 257
MUL_***_***, 87
SUB_***_***, 105, 173
NOT_***, 91
SUB_***_TIME, 175
OCCUR_***, 93
SUB_TIME, 259
OR_***_***, 95
Subtraction
ROL_***, 99
SUB, 257
ROR_***, 101
SUB_TIME, 259
SORT_***, 103
Subtraction from tables
SUB_***_***, 105
SUB_***_***, 105
SUM_ARINT, 109
Subtraction of a duration from a date
SWAP_***, 111
SUB_***_TIME, 175
XOR_***_***, 113
Sum of table elements
TAN, 263
SUM_***, 109
TAN_REAL, 263
SUM_***, 109
Tangent
SWAP_***, 111
TAN, 263
TAN_REAL, 263
TIME_AS_WORD, 401
TIME_TO_***, 403
TIME_TO_STRING, 405

476
 Index

Timer & Counter U

CTD, 317
UDINT_AS_WORD, 409
CTD_***, 317
UDINT_TO_***, 411
CTU, 321
UINT_TO_***, 415
CTU_***, 321
Unconditional FFB Call, 25
CTUD, 325
Up counter
CTUD_***, 325
CTU, 321
TOF, 329
CTU_***, 321
TON, 331
Up/Down counter
TP, 333
CTUD, 325
TOD_TO_STRING, 407
CTUD_***, 325
TOF, 329
UTWPORTADDR, 451
TON, 331
TP, 333
TRIGGER, 209
Type conversion
W
BIT_TO_BYTE, 341 WDG, 447
BIT_TO_WORD, 345 WORD_AS_BYTE, 419
BOOL_TO_***, 347 WORD_AS_DINT, 421
BYTE_AS_WORD, 349 WORD_AS_REAL, 423
BYTE_TO_***, 355 WORD_AS_TIME, 425
BYTE_TO_BIT, 351 WORD_AS_UDINT, 427
DINT_AS_WORD, 365, 391 WORD_TO_***, 433
DINT_TO_***, 367 WORD_TO_BIT, 429
DWORD_TO_***, 375
INT_TO_***, 381
REAL_AS_WORD, 391
X
REAL_TO_***, 393 XOR, 211
REAL_TRUNC_***, 397 XOR_***_***, 113
TIME_AS_WORD, 401 XWAYNETWADDR, 451
TIME_TO_***, 403
TYPE_AS_WORD, 401
UDINT_AS_WORD, 409
UDINT_TO_***, 411
UINT_TO_***, 415
WORD_AS_BYTE, 419
WORD_AS_DINT, 421
WORD_AS_REAL, 423
WORD_AS_TIME, 425
WORD_AS_UDINT, 427
WORD_TO_***, 433
WORD_TO_BIT, 429

477
Index

478